You are on page 1of 458

Advance Design

Validation Guide

Part 2


































Version: 2015
Tests passed on: 16 April 2014
Number of tests: 519



INTRODUCTION

Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including
Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in
parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the
"operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic
tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using
the current software release.

Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version
tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given
by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the
used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from
the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by
experience.

Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process.
While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which
were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been
extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These
current tests have obviously been passed on the operational version, but they are
actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve
the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been
introduced in the code.

In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the
results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements)
and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the
software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis.
Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct
behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation.
With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover
a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import /
export procedures and user interface behavior.

We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
are placing in Advance Design.

Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Product Office
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
7
Table of Contents

1 GENERAL APPLICATIONS..................................................................................................13
1.1 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141) ..................................................14
1.2 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354).........................................................14
1.3 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724) ...........................................14
1.4 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238) ..................................14
1.5 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525) ...............................................14
1.6 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870) .............................................................................................14
1.7 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162) .................................................................................15
1.8 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487) .......................................15
1.9 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar (TTAD #12102)......... 15
1.10 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737) ................................................15
1.11 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) ..................................................15
1.12 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5) ..................................................16
1.13 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100) ..................................16
1.14 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552) .......................................16
1.15 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting............................................................................16
1.16 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617) ............................................................................16
1.17 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601) .......................16
1.18 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422)............................................................17
1.19 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole.(TTAD #13772) ....................................17
2 IMPORT / EXPORT................................................................................................................19
2.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952) ..........................................20
2.2 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10)........................................................20
2.3 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ..........................................................20
2.4 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3) ..........................................................20
2.5 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)....................20
2.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197).......... 21
2.7 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9) .............21
2.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12197).......... 21
2.9 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232) ..........................................21
2.10 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and imported via
GTC format (TTAD #12137) ...................................................................................................................................21
2.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306) .............................22
2.12 Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561) ............................................................................22
2.13 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410) ......................................................22
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
8
2.14 Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550)................................................................................... 22
2.15 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055) ............................................................ 22
3 JOINT DESIGN...................................................................................................................... 23
3.1 Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630) .............................................................. 24
3.2 Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797) .............................................................................................. 24
4 MESH..................................................................................................................................... 25
4.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519) .................................................. 26
4.2 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.(TTAD #15251) ......... 26
4.3 Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727) ..................................................................... 26
4.4 Verifying mesh points (TTAD #11748) ......................................................................................................... 26
4.5 Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing........................................................ 26
5 OLD CLIMATIC GENERATOR ............................................................................................. 27
5.1 NV2009: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880) ................................................................ 28
5.2 NV2009: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318).......................................... 28
5.3 NV2009: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604)................... 28
5.4 NV2009: generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support (TTAD #11380)28
6 REPORTS GENERATOR...................................................................................................... 29
6.1 Generating a report with modal analysis results (TTAD #10849) ................................................................. 30
6.2 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557) ...................... 30
6.3 Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379)............................................................. 30
6.4 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level .............................................................. 30
6.5 Verifying the model geometry report (TTAD #12201)................................................................................... 30
6.6 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455)......................................................................... 31
6.7 Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657)............................................................................... 31
6.8 Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622)............................................................................ 31
6.9 Verifying the shape sheet report (TTAD #12353) ......................................................................................... 31
6.10 Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838)............................................................. 31
6.11 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512).................................................................. 31
6.12 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD #12230)........ 32
6.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, TTAD #12261).......................................................................................................................................... 32
6.14 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231) .......................................................... 32
6.15 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) ...................................................................................................................................................... 32
6.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD #12230).... 33
6.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)........................................................................................................................................ 33
6.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD #12230) ...... 33
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
9
6.19 Creating the rules table (TTAD #11802) .....................................................................................................33
6.20 Creating the steel materials description report (TTAD #11954) ..................................................................34
6.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD #12230) ..........34
6.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super element) (TTAD #12230)....34
6.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super element) (TTAD #12230) ...34
6.24 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element) (TTAD #12230).......35
6.25 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, #12261) ....................................................................................................................................................35
6.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD #12230)35
6.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super element) (TTAD
#12230, TTAD #12261) ..........................................................................................................................................35
6.28 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super element) (TTAD #12230)36
6.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super element) (TTAD #12230) 36
6.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element) (TTAD #12230) .........36
6.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element) (TTAD #12230).........36
6.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super element)
(TTAD #12230) .......................................................................................................................................................37
6.33 Verifying the modal analysis report (TTAD #12718) ...................................................................................37
7 SEISMIC ANALYSIS .............................................................................................................39
7.1 EC8 Fr Annex: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements (TTAD #13797)..........40
7.2 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Romanian
EC8 appendix (DEV2013 #8.2) ..............................................................................................................................40
7.3 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to French
PS92/100 standard (DEV2013 #8.2) ......................................................................................................................40
7.4 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Marocco seismic standards (RPS 2011)
(DEV2013 #3.6) ......................................................................................................................................................40
7.5 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Marocco
seismic standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #8.2).....................................................................................................41
7.6 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to Eurocode
EC8 standard (DEV2013 #8.2) ...............................................................................................................................41
7.7 EC8 Romanian Annex: verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports
(TTAD #14840) .......................................................................................................................................................41
7.8 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts (TTAD #14460) ..41
7.9 EC 8 General Annex: verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to horizontal forces and
seismic action.........................................................................................................................................................42
7.10 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option,
according to Eurocode EC8 standard (TTAD #14161) ...........................................................................................42
7.11 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472)....................................................................42
7.12 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls.............................................................................................42
7.13 EC8: verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints (TTAD #12706) .................................42
7.14 Seismic norm PS92: verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974) ..............................43
7.15 Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh type (TTAD #14244) ....................43
7.16 Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports (TTAD #13011). ...........................43
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
10
7.17 EC8 French Annex: verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD #13778) ................ 43
7.18 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Algerian seismic standards (RPA
99/2003) (DEV2013 #3.5) ...................................................................................................................................... 43
7.19 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure.................. 44
7.20 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478) ................................................................... 44
7.21 EC8 : Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Czech seismic standards (CSN
EN 1998-1) (DEV2012 #3.18) ................................................................................................................................ 44
7.22 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517) ............................. 44
7.23 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632) ................................................................... 44
7.24 EC8: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down. (TTAD #15095) ..................... 45
8 STEEL DESIGN..................................................................................................................... 47
8.1 Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731) ................................................................................. 48
8.2 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770) .......................... 48
8.3 Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471) .............................................................................. 48
8.4 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623) ................................................................. 48
8.5 Verifying the cross section optimization according to EC3 (TTAD #11516) ................................................. 49
8.6 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522) .................................. 49
8.7 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550) ................................................................... 49
8.8 EC3: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method ................................... 49
8.9 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method................................. 50
8.10 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA roB method............................ 50
8.11 Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam (TTAD #11545) ........................................... 50
8.12 Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section........................................................................... 50
8.13 Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873)51
8.14 EC3 Test 22: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam..................................................... 52
8.15 EC3 Test 28: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base and without any other restraint .... 58
8.16 EC3 Test 23: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending moment, buckling, lateral
torsional buckling and bending and axial compression ......................................................................................... 88
8.17 EC3 Test 7: Class section classification and compression resistance for an IPE600 column .................. 124
8.18 EC3 test 4: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column.............. 130
8.19 EC3 Test 2: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300 beam subjected to linear
uniform loading..................................................................................................................................................... 136
8.20 EC3 Test 3: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column . 143
8.21 EC3 Test 6: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending verification of an IPE300 beam. 151
8.22 EC3 Test 1: Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column................... 159
8.23 EC3 Test 5: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment verification of an
IPE300 column..................................................................................................................................................... 166
8.24 Changing the steel design template for a linear element (TTAD #12491) ................................................ 172
8.25 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized calculation
(TTAD #12389) .................................................................................................................................................... 172
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
11
8.26 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533) ...........................172
8.27 EC3 fire verification: Verifying the work ratios after performing an optimization for steel profiles (TTAD #11975) .172
8.28 EC3: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550) .......................................................................172
8.29 EC3 Test 45: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made from different steel
materials...............................................................................................................................................................173
8.30 EC3 Test 41: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam considering
the load applied on the lower flange.....................................................................................................................177
8.31 EC3 Test 40: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle...................................................177
8.32 EC3 Test 42: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam
considering the load applied on the upper flange .................................................................................................177
8.33 EC3 test 9: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column ......178
8.34 EC3 Test 21: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column...........................................185
8.35 EC3 Test 26: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the bottom..............................191
8.36 EC3 Test 27: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported with a displacement restraint...214
8.37 EC3 Test 25: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and with a
displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom..................................................................................................239
8.38 EC3 Test 29: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base and restrained on top for
the X, Y translation and Z rotation ........................................................................................................................272
8.39 EC3 Test 30: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric compression and uniform
linear efforts by Y and Z axis ................................................................................................................................313
8.40 EC3 Test 31: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial compression and bending
moment, both applied on top ................................................................................................................................313
8.41 EC3 Test 15: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and axial efforts ........314
8.42 EC3 Test 34: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear horizontal
efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle..........................................................................................321
8.43 EC3 Test 33: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis.................................................................................321
8.44 EC3 Test 24: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and without any other
restraint.................................................................................................................................................................321
8.45 EC3 Test 14: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel347
8.46 EC3 Test 32: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression and uniform
linear efforts by Y and Z axis ................................................................................................................................353
8.47 EC3 Test 16: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to biaxial bending354
8.48 EC3 Test 36: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle...........................................................361
8.49 EC3 Test 37: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric compression, punctual
lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column.................................................................361
8.50 EC3 Test 38: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric compression, punctual
horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top .....................................................................361
8.51 EC3 Test 35: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end.........................................................361
8.52 EC3 Test 17: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to torsional efforts362
8.53 EC3 Test 18: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element subjected to torsional efforts362
8.54 EC3 Test 39: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle .........................................................................362
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
12
8.55 EC3 Test 44: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam
considering the load applied on the upper flange................................................................................................. 363
8.56 EC3 Test 43: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam considering
the load applied on the lower flange..................................................................................................................... 369
8.57 EC3 test 8: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected to bending and axial load370
8.58 EC3 Test 20: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column................................................. 376
8.59 EC3 test 10: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam.............. 383
8.60 EC3 test 11: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification of a rectangular hollow
section column ..................................................................................................................................................... 389
8.61 EC3 Test 19: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column....................................................... 394
8.62 EC3 Test 12: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam........... 401
8.63 EC3 Test 13: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and
shear efforts ......................................................................................................................................................... 404
9 TIMBER DESIGN................................................................................................................. 411
9.1 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)............................... 412
9.2 Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445) ........................................................ 412
9.3 Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337) ....................................................................... 412
9.4 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending ...................................................................... 413
9.5 EC5: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60 minutes .............................. 417
9.6 EC5: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending ...................................... 420
9.7 EC5: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam...................................................................... 425
9.8 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending ....................................................................... 426
9.9 EC5: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial compression.......430
9.10 EC5: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force .................................................................... 435
9.11 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces...................................................................... 439
9.12 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces............................................................ 442
9.13 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial tension..................................... 446
9.14 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression ................................. 452


1 General applications
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
14
1.1 Verifying element creation using commas for coordinates (TTAD #11141)
Test ID: 4554
Test status: Passed
1.1.1 Description
Verifies element creation using commas for coordinates in the command line.
1.2 Defining the reinforced concrete design assumptions (TTAD #12354)
Test ID: 4528
Test status: Passed
1.2.1 Description
Verifies the definition of the reinforced concrete design assumptions.
1.3 Generating liquid pressure on horizontal and vertical surfaces (TTAD #10724)
Test ID: 4361
Test status: Passed
1.3.1 Description
Generates liquid pressure on a concrete structure with horizontal and vertical surfaces. Generates the loadings
description report.
1.4 Verifying 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled (TTAD #12238)
Test ID: 4480
Test status: Passed
1.4.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with 2 joined vertical elements with the clipping option enabled.
1.5 Verifying the precision of linear and planar concrete covers (TTAD #12525)
Test ID: 4547
Test status: Passed
1.5.1 Description
Verifies the linear and planar concrete covers precision.
1.6 Changing the default material (TTAD #11870)
Test ID: 4436
Test status: Passed
1.6.1 Description
Selects a different default material for concrete elements.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
15
1.7 Verifying the objects rename function (TTAD #12162)
Test ID: 4229
Test status: Passed
1.7.1 Description
Verifies the renaming function from the properties list of a linear element. The name contains the "_" character.
1.8 Importing a cross section from the Advance Steel profiles library (TTAD #11487)
Test ID: 3719
Test status: Passed
1.8.1 Description
Imports the Canam Z 203x10.0 section from the Advance Steel Profiles library in the Advance Design list of available
cross sections.
1.9 Creating a new Advance Design file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar
(TTAD #12102)
Test ID: 4095
Test status: Passed
1.9.1 Description
Creates a new .fto file using the "New" command from the "Standard" toolbar. Creates a rigid punctual support and
tests the CAD coordinates.
1.10 Verifying the appearance of the local x orientation legend (TTAD #11737)
Test ID: 4109
Test status: Passed
1.10.1Description
Verifies the color legend display. On a model with a planar element, the color legend is enabled; it displays the
elements by the local x orientation color.
1.11 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4162
Test status: Passed
1.11.1Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is on the same level as the source system.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
16
1.12 Creating system trees using the copy/paste commands (DEV2012 #1.5)
Test ID: 4164
Test status: Passed
1.12.1Description
Creates system trees using the copy/paste commands in the Pilot. The source system consists of several
subsystems. The target system is in the source system.
1.13 Launching the verification of a model containing steel connections (TTAD #12100)
Test ID: 4096
Test status: Passed
1.13.1Description
Launches the verification function for a model containing a beam-column steel connection.
1.14 Creating and updating model views and post-processing views (TTAD #11552)
Test ID: 3820
Test status: Passed
1.14.1Description
Creates and updates the model view and the post-processing views for a simple steel frame.
1.15 Verifying mesh, CAD and climatic forces - LPM meeting
Test ID: 4079
Test status: Passed
1.15.1Description
Generates the "Description of climatic loads" report for a model consisting of a concrete structure with dead loads,
wind loads, snow loads and seism loads. Performs the model verification, meshing and finite elements calculation.
Generates the "Displacements of linear elements by element" report.
1.16 Verifying material properties for C25/30 (TTAD #11617)
Test ID: 3571
Test status: Passed
1.16.1Description
Verifies the material properties on a model with a concrete (C25/30) bar. Generates the material description report.
1.17 Verifying geometry properties of elements with compound cross sections (TTAD #11601)
Test ID: 3546
Test status: Passed
1.17.1Description
Verifies the geometry properties of a steel structure with elements which have compound cross sections (CS4
IPE330 UPN240). Generates the geometrical data report.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
17

1.18 Verifying the synthetic table by type of connection (TTAD #11422)
Test ID: 3646
Test status: Passed
1.18.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.
1.19 Verifying the overlapping when a planar element is built in a hole.(TTAD #13772)
Test ID: 6214
Test status: Passed
1.19.1Description
Verifies that when a planar element is built in a hole of another planar element by checking the mesh.


2 Import / Export

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
20
2.1 Verifying the export of a linear element to GTC (TTAD #10932, TTAD #11952)
Test ID: 3628
Test status: Passed
2.1.1 Description
Exports a linear element to GTC.
2.2 Exporting an Advance Design model to DO4 format (DEV2012 #1.10)
Test ID: 4101
Test status: Passed
2.2.1 Description
Launches the "Export > Text file" command and saves the current project as a .do4 archive file.
The model contains all types of structural elements, loads and geometric objects.
2.3 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)
Test ID: 4195
Test status: Passed
2.3.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: disabled
- Export meshed model: enabled
2.4 Exporting an analysis model to ADA (through GTC) (DEV2012 #1.3)
Test ID: 4193
Test status: Passed
2.4.1 Description
Exports the analysis model to ADA (through GTC) with:
- Export results: enabled
- Export meshed model: disabled
2.5 Importing GTC files containing elements with haunches from SuperSTRESS (TTAD #12172)
Test ID: 4297
Test status: Passed
2.5.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains steel linear elements with haunch sections.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
21
2.6 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
Test ID: 4388
Test status: Passed
2.6.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS. The file contains elements with circular hollow section. Verifies if the cross
sections are imported from the attached "UK Steel Sections" database.
2.7 Verifying the GTC files exchange between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS (DEV2012 #1.9)
Test ID: 4445
Test status: Passed
2.7.1 Description
Verifies the GTC files exchange (import/export) between Advance Design and SuperSTRESS.
2.8 Importing GTC files containing elements with circular hollow sections, from SuperSTRESS
(TTAD #12197)
Test ID: 4389
Test status: Passed
2.8.1 Description
Imports a GTC file from SuperSTRESS when the "UK Steel Sections" database is not attached. The file contains
elements with circular hollow section. Verifies the cross sections definition.
2.9 System stability when importing AE files with invalid geometry (TTAD #12232)
Test ID: 4479
Test status: Passed
2.9.1 Description
Imports a complex model containing elements with invalid geometry.
2.10 Verifying the releases option of the planar elements edges after the model was exported and
imported via GTC format (TTAD #12137)
Test ID: 4506
Test status: Passed
2.10.1Description
Exports to GTC a model with planar elements on which the edges releases were defined. Imports the GTC file to
verify the planar elements releases option.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
22
2.11 Verifying the load case properties from models imported as GTC files (TTAD #12306)
Test ID: 4515
Test status: Passed
2.11.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a model with dead load cases and exports the model to GTC. Imports the
GTC file to verify the load case properties.
2.12 Exporting linear elements to IFC format (TTAD #10561)
Test ID: 4530
Test status: Passed
2.12.1Description
Exports to IFC format a model containing linear elements having sections of type "I symmetric" and "I asymmetric".
2.13 Importing IFC files containing continuous foundations (TTAD #12410)
Test ID: 4531
Test status: Passed
2.13.1Description
Imports an IFC file containing a continuous foundation (linear support) and verifies the element display.
2.14 Exporting a meshed model to GTC (TTAD #12550)
Test ID: 4552
Test status: Passed
2.14.1Description
Exports a meshed model to GTC. The meshed planar element from the model contains a triangular mesh.
2.15 Importing GTC files containing "PH.RDC" system (TTAD #12055)
Test ID: 4548
Test status: Passed
2.15.1Description
Imports a GTC file exported from Advance Design. The file contains the automatically created system "PH.RDC".




3 Joint Design
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
24
3.1 Deleting a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar (TTAD #12630)
Test ID: 4561
Test status: Passed
3.1.1 Description
Deletes a welded tube connection - 1 gusset bar after the joint was exported to ADSC.
3.2 Creating connections groups (TTAD #11797)
Test ID: 4250
Test status: Passed
3.2.1 Description
Verifies the connections groups function.


4 Mesh
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
26
4.1 Verifying the mesh for a model with generalized buckling (TTAD #11519)
Test ID: 3649
Test status: Passed
4.1.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh for a model with generalized buckling.
4.2 Verifying the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.(TTAD
#15251)
Test ID: 6215
Test status: Passed
4.2.1 Description
Verifies the options to take into account loads in linear and planar elements mesh.
4.3 Creating triangular mesh for planar elements (TTAD #11727)
Test ID: 3423
Test status: Passed
4.3.1 Description
Creates a triangular mesh on a planar element with rigid supports and self weight.
4.4 Verifying mesh points (TTAD #11748)
Test ID: 3458
Test status: Passed
4.4.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the mesh nodes of a concrete structure.
The structure consists of concrete linear elements (R20*20 cross section) and rigid supports; the loads applied on the
structure: dead loads, live loads, wind loads and snow loads, according to Eurocodes.
4.5 Verifying the mesh of a planar element influenced by peak smoothing.
Test ID: 6190
Test status: Passed
4.5.1 Description
Verifies the mesh of a planar concrete element influenced by peak smoothing.
The model consists in a c25/30 concrete planar element and four concrete columns (2 x r20/30, 1 x IPE400, 1 x D40)
and is subjected to self weight and 2 live loads of -20KN respectively -100 KN.


5 Old Climatic Generator
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
28
5.1 NV2009: Verifying wind on a protruding canopy. (TTAD #13880)
Test ID: 6173
Test status: Passed
5.1.1 Description
Generates wind on a protruding canopy according to NV2009 - French climatic standards.
5.2 NV2009: Verifying wind and snow reports for a protruding roof (TTAD #11318)
Test ID: 4536
Test status: Passed
5.2.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads according to NV2009 - French climatic standards. Verifies wind and snow
reports for a protruding roof.
5.3 NV2009: Generating wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height (TTAD #12604)
Test ID: 4567
Test status: Passed
5.3.1 Description
Generates wind loads on a 2 slopes 3D portal frame at 15m height, according to the French standard (NV2009).
5.4 NV2009: generating wind loads and snow loads on a simple structure with planar support
(TTAD #11380)
Test ID: 4091
Test status: Passed
5.4.1 Description
Generates wind loads and snow loads on the windwalls of a concrete structure with a planar support, according to
NV2009 French standards.
The structure has concrete columns and beams (R20*30 cross section and C20/25 material).


6 Reports Generator
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
30
6.1 Generating a report with modal analysis results (TTAD #10849)
Test ID: 3734
Test status: Passed
6.1.1 Description
Generates a report with modal results for a model with seismic actions.
6.2 System stability when the column releases interfere with support restraints (TTAD #10557)
Test ID: 3717
Test status: Passed
6.2.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the systems description report for a structure which has
column releases that interfere with the supports restraints.
The structure consists of steel beams and steel columns (S235 material, HEA550 cross section) with rigid fixed
supports.
6.3 Generating the critical magnification factors report (TTAD #11379)
Test ID: 3647
Test status: Passed
6.3.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation on a structure with four types of connections.
Generates the "Synthetic table by type of connection" report.
The structure consists of linear steel elements (S275) with CE505, IPE450, IPE140 and IPE500 cross section. The
model connections: columns base plates, beam - column fixed connections, beam - beam fixed connections and
gusset plate. Live loads, snow loads and wind loads are applied.
6.4 Modal analysis: eigen modes results for a structure with one level
Test ID: 3668
Test status: Passed
6.4.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Characteristic values of eigen modes" report.
The one-level structure consists of linear and planar concrete elements with rigid supports. A modal analysis is
defined.
6.5 Verifying the model geometry report (TTAD #12201)
Test ID: 4467
Test status: Passed
6.5.1 Description
Generates the "Model geometry" report to verify the model properties: total weight, largest structure dimensions,
center of gravity.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

31
6.6 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam (TTAD #12455)
Test ID: 4535
Test status: Passed
6.6.1 Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam.
6.7 Verifying the steel shape sheet display (TTAD #12657)
Test ID: 4562
Test status: Passed
6.7.1 Description
Verifies the steel shape sheet display when the fire calculation is disabled.
6.8 Verifying the shape sheet strings display (TTAD #12622)
Test ID: 4559
Test status: Passed
6.8.1 Description
Verifies the shape sheet strings display for a steel beam with circular hollow cross-section.
6.9 Verifying the shape sheet report (TTAD #12353)
Test ID: 4545
Test status: Passed
6.9.1 Description
Generates and verifies the shape sheet report.
6.10 Verifying the EC2 calculation assumptions report (TTAD #11838)
Test ID: 4544
Test status: Passed
6.10.1Description
Verifies the EC2 calculation assumptions report.
6.11 Verifying the Max row on the user table report (TTAD #12512)
Test ID: 4558
Test status: Passed
6.11.1Description
Verifies the Max row on the user table report.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
32
6.12 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4499
Test status: Passed
6.12.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on all quarters of
super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.13 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the end point of super element)
(TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
Test ID: 4503
Test status: Passed
6.13.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the end point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.14 Verifying the Min/Max values from the user reports (TTAD# 12231)
Test ID: 4505
Test status: Passed
6.14.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates a user report containing the results of Min/Max values.
6.15 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4488
Test status: Passed
6.15.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

33
6.16 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on all quarters of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4493
Test status: Passed
6.16.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.17 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on end points and middle of
super element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4494
Test status: Passed
6.17.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on end
points and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.18 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4492
Test status: Passed
6.18.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on each
1/4 of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.19 Creating the rules table (TTAD #11802)
Test ID: 4099
Test status: Passed
6.19.1Description
Generates the "Rules description" report as .rtf and .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection. Two rules were defined for the
steel calculation.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
34
6.20 Creating the steel materials description report (TTAD #11954)
Test ID: 4100
Test status: Passed
6.20.1Description
Generates the "Steel materials" report as a .txt file.
The model consists of a steel structure with supports and a base plate connection.
6.21 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on each 1/4 of mesh element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4486
Test status: Passed
6.21.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on each 1/4
of mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.22 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4489
Test status: Passed
6.22.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.23 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4490
Test status: Passed
6.23.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

35
6.24 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on all quarters of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4487
Test status: Passed
6.24.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on all
quarters of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.25 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements forces result (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, #12261)
Test ID: 4491
Test status: Passed
6.25.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements forces results on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements forces result report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.26 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on each 1/4 of mesh element) (TTAD
#12230)
Test ID: 4498
Test status: Passed
6.26.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on each 1/4 of
mesh element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.27 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the end point of super
element) (TTAD #12230, TTAD #12261)
Test ID: 4497
Test status: Passed
6.27.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the end
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
36
6.28 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on the start point of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4496
Test status: Passed
6.28.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on the start
point of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.29 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements displacements (on start and end of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4495
Test status: Passed
6.29.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements displacements on start
and end of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements displacements report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.30 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on start and end of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4501
Test status: Passed
6.30.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on start and end
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.31 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on the start point of super element)
(TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4502
Test status: Passed
6.31.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on the start point
of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE

37
6.32 Verifying the global envelope of linear elements stresses (on end points and middle of super
element) (TTAD #12230)
Test ID: 4500
Test status: Passed
6.32.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and verifies the global envelope of linear elements stresses on end points
and middle of super element by generating the "Global envelope of linear elements stresses report".
The model consists of a concrete portal frame with rigid fixed supports.
6.33 Verifying the modal analysis report (TTAD #12718)
Test ID: 4576
Test status: Passed
6.33.1Description
Generates and verifies the modal analysis report.


7 Seismic analysis
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
40
7.1 EC8 Fr Annex: Generating forces results per modes on linear and planar elements (TTAD
#13797)
Test ID: 5455
Test status: Passed
7.1.1 Description
Generates reports with forces results per modes on a selection of elements (linear and planar elements) from a
concrete structure subjected to seismic action (EC8 French Annex).
7.2 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Romanian EC8 appendix (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5601
Test status: Passed
7.2.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Romanian EC8 appendix. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
7.3 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
French PS92/100 standard (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5599
Test status: Passed
7.3.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to French PS92/100 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
7.4 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Marocco seismic
standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #3.6)
Test ID: 5597
Test status: Passed
7.4.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPS 2011).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
41
7.5 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Marocco seismic standards (RPS 2011) (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5598
Test status: Passed
7.5.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Marocco seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum (RPS 2011).
7.6 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for an envelope spectrum according to
Eurocode EC8 standard (DEV2013 #8.2)
Test ID: 5600
Test status: Passed
7.6.1 Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
7.7 EC8 Romanian Annex: verifying action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and
planar supports (TTAD #14840)
Test ID: 5860
Test status: Passed
7.7.1 Description
Verifies action results and torsors per modes on point, linear and planar supports of a simple concrete structure. The
seismic action is generated according to Eurocode 8 norm (Romanian annex).
7.8 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section
cuts (TTAD #14460)
Test ID: 5861
Test status: Passed
7.8.1 Description
Verifies torsors on walls, elastic linear supports and user-defined section cuts for a concrete structure which is
subjected to seismic action defined according Eurocode 8 norm (French annex).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
42
7.9 EC 8 General Annex: verifying torsors on a 6 storey single concrete core subjected to
horizontal forces and seismic action
Test ID: 6088
Test status: Passed
7.9.1 Description
Verifies torsors on a 6 storey single concrete (C25/30) core subjected to horizontal forces and seismic action. The
calculation spectrum is generated considering Eurocode 8 General Annex rules. The walls describing the core are
grouped at each level.
7.10 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building
option, according to Eurocode EC8 standard (TTAD #14161)
Test ID: 6192
Test status: Passed
7.10.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a linear element for spectrum with renewed building option, according to
Eurocode EC8 standard. Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements
by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads for an envelope spectrum.
7.11 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #12472)
Test ID: 4537
Test status: Passed
7.11.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 Romanian standards (SR EN 1998-1/NA).
7.12 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on walls
Test ID: 4803
Test status: Passed
7.12.1Description
Verifies the torsors on walls. Eurocode 8 with French Annex is used.
7.13 EC8: verifying the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints (TTAD #12706)
Test ID: 4859
Test status: Passed
7.13.1Description
Verifies the sum of actions on supports and nodes restraints for a simple structure subjected to seismic action
according to EC8 French annex.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
43
7.14 Seismic norm PS92: verifying efforts and torsors on planar elements (TTAD #12974)
Test ID: 4858
Test status: Passed
7.14.1Description
Verifies efforts and torsors on several planar elements of a concrete structure subjected to horizontal seismic action
(according to PS92 norm).
7.15 Verifying seismic efforts on planar elements with Q4 and T3-Q4 mesh type (TTAD #14244)
Test ID: 5492
Test status: Passed
7.15.1Description
Generates seismic results on planar element meshed with T3-Q4 mesh type and only Q4 mesh type.
7.16 Verifying the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports (TTAD #13011).
Test ID: 4853
Test status: Passed
7.16.1Description
Verifies the damping correction influence over the efforts in supports. The model has 2 seismic cases. Only one case
uses the damping correction. The seismic spectrum is generated according to the Eurocodes 8 - French standard
(NF EN 1993-1-8/NA).
7.17 EC8 French Annex: verifying seismic results when a design spectrum is used (TTAD #13778)
Test ID: 5425
Test status: Passed
7.17.1Description
Verifies the seismic results according to EC8 French Annex for a single bay single story structure made of concrete.
7.18 Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Algerian seismic
standards (RPA 99/2003) (DEV2013 #3.5)
Test ID: 5559
Test status: Passed
7.18.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of a vertical linear element according to Algerian seismic standard. Performs the
finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (RPA 99/2003).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
44
7.19 EC8 French Annex: verifying torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure
Test ID: 4810
Test status: Passed
7.19.1Description
Verifies torsors on grouped walls from a multi-storey concrete structure. EC8 with French Annex is used.
7.20 Verifying the spectrum results for EC8 seism (TTAD #11478)
Test ID: 3703
Test status: Passed
7.20.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and generates the "Displacements of linear elements by load case" report for
a concrete beam with rectangular cross section R20*30 with fixed rigid punctual support. Model loads: self weight
and seismic loads according to Eurocodes 8 French standards.
7.21 EC8 : Verifying the displacements results of a linear element according to Czech seismic
standards (CSN EN 1998-1) (DEV2012 #3.18)
Test ID: 3626
Test status: Passed
7.21.1Description
Verifies the displacements results of an inclined linear element according to Eurocodes 8 Czech standard. Performs
the finite elements calculation and generates the displacements of linear elements by load case and by element
reports.
The concrete element (C20/25) has R20*30 cross section and a rigid point support. The loads applied on the
element: self weight and seismic loads (CSN EN 1998-1).
7.22 Verifying signed concomitant linear elements envelopes on Fx report (TTAD #11517)
Test ID: 3576
Test status: Passed
7.22.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation on a concrete structure. Generates the "Signed concomitant linear elements
envelopes on Fx report".
The structure has concrete beams and columns, two concrete walls and a windwall. Loads applied on the structure:
self weight and a planar live load of -40.00 kN.
7.23 Verifying the combinations description report (TTAD #11632)
Test ID: 3544
Test status: Passed
7.23.1Description
Generates a dead load case, two live load cases and a snow load case, defines the concomitance between the
generated load cases and generates the combinations description report.


7.24 EC8: Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down. (TTAD #15095)
Test ID: 6207
Test status: Passed
7.24.1Description
Verifying earthquake description report in analysis with Z axis down, according to the Eurocodes EC8 standard.


8 Steel design
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
48
8.1 Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731)
Test ID: 3434
Test status: Passed
8.1.1 Description
Performs the steel calculation for two horizontal bars and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars have cross sections from different catalogues (1016x305x487 UKB and UKB1016x305x487). They are
made of the same material (S275); each is subjected to a -500.00 kN linear horizontal dead load and has two rigid
supports at both ends.
8.2 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770)
Test ID: 3406
Test status: Passed
8.2.1 Description
Performs the steel calculation for two vertical bars with different thicknesses and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars are made of the same material (S275 H - EN 10210-1), have rectangular hollow cross sections, but with
different thicknesses (R80*40/4.1 and R80*40/3.9). Each is subjected to a -150.00 kN vertical live load and has a
rigid support.
8.3 Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471)
Test ID: 3575
Test status: Passed
8.3.1 Description
Generates shape sheets by system, on a model with 2 systems.
8.4 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623)
Test ID: 3560
Test status: Passed
8.4.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation for a steel model with cables (D4) and a static
nonlinear case. Generates the steel analysis report: data and results.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
49
8.5 Verifying the cross section optimization according to EC3 (TTAD #11516)
Test ID: 3620
Test status: Passed
8.5.1 Description
Verifies the cross section optimization of a steel element, according to Eurocodes 3.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the "Envelopes and shapes
optimization" report.
The steel bar has a IPE360 cross section, a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X. Two loads are applied: a punctual dead load of -1.00 kN on FZ
and a punctual live load of -40.00 kN on FZ.
8.6 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522)
Test ID: 3612
Test status: Passed
8.6.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet results report.
The structure is a simple vault consisting of three steel elements (S235 material, IPEA240 cross section) with two
rigid fixed supports. The loads applied on the structure: self weight and a linear live load of -10.00kN on FZ.
8.7 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550)
Test ID: 3640
Test status: Passed
8.7.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a vertical
steel element.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support. A vertical live load of -200.00 kN is
applied.
8.8 EC3: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method
Test ID: 3819
Test status: Passed
8.8.1 Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method, according to Eurocodes 3.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
50
8.9 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method
Test ID: 3813
Test status: Passed
8.9.1 Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the kA kB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
8.10 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA roB method
Test ID: 3814
Test status: Passed
8.10.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the roA roB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
8.11 Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam (TTAD #11545)
Test ID: 3641
Test status: Passed
8.11.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a horizontal
steel element, verifies the cross section class.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z and rotation restraint on X at the other end. A linear live load of -10.00 kN on FX and
a punctual live load of 1000 kN on FX are applied.
8.12 Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section
Test ID: 4443
Test status: Passed
8.12.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel elements calculation. Verifies the buckling coefficient Xy on a
class 2 section and generates the shape sheets report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (I26*0.71+15*1.07 cross section and S275 material) with a rigid hinge
support at the base and a rigid support with translation restraints on X and Y and rotation restraint on Z, at the top. A
punctual live load is applied.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
51
8.13 Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles
database (TTAD #11873)
Test ID: 4289
Test status: Passed
8.13.1Description
Verifies the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database. Performs the finite
elements calculation and the steel elements calculation and generates the steel shapes report.
The structure consists of columns with UKC152x152x23 cross section, beams with UKB254x102x22 cross section
and roof beams with UKB127x76x13 cross section. Dead loads and live loads are applied on the structure.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
52
8.14 EC3 Test 22: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
Test ID: 5702
Test status: Passed
8.14.1Description
The test verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.
8.14.2Background
Lateral torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
8.14.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -10 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Beam length: 5m
Cross section area: A=5310mm
2

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=8356.00x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=603.80x10
4
mm
4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
53
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 3.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: F
Z
= N = -10 000 N,
Internal: None.
8.14.2.2 Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling moment resistance of the bended element (M
b,Rd
) from the
designed value moment (M
Ed
) produced by the linear force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling
resistance of the compressed member, N
b,Rd
, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
M
M
(6.46)
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
for beam web:
72 72 014 . 35
1
014 . 35
1 . 7
6 . 248
= s =

=
= =
c
c
t
c
mm
mm
t
c
therefore the beam web is considered to be
Class 1
for beam flange:
9 9 276 . 5
1
276 . 5
7 . 10
45 . 56
= s =

=
= =
c
c
t
c
mm
mm
t
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
54

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1
The buckling curve will be determined corresponding to Table 6.2:
2 2
150
300
s = =
mm
mm
b
h
the buckling curve about Y-Y will be considered a

The design buckling resistance moment against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated according the next formula:
1
,
M
y y LT
Rd b
f W
M

_
= (6.55)
Where:
LT
_ reduction factor for lateral-torsional buckling:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
LT
LT LT
LT

_ (6.56)
Where:
| |
2
) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0 LT
LT LT LT
o | + + =
LT
o represents the imperfection factor; 21 . 0 =
LT
o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
55

LT the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding:
cr
y y
LT
M
f W
=
M
cr
is the elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling, is based on gross cross sectional properties and takes
into account the loading conditions, the real moment distribution and the lateral restraints.
( )
( )
( )
|
|
.
|

\
|
+


+
|
|
.
|

\
|


=
g g
Z
t z
z
w
w
z
z
z
cr
z C z C
I E
I G L k
I
I
k
k
L k
I E
C M
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
t
t
(1)
according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2
Where:
E is the Youngs module: E=210000N/mm
2

G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm
2

I
z
is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: I
z
=603.8 x10
4
mm
4

I
t
is the torsional inertia: I
t
=20.12x10
4
mm
4

I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): I
w
=12.59x10
10
mm
6

L is the beam length: L=5000mm
k
z
and k
w
are buckling coefficients
z
g
is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C
1
and C
2
are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C
2
xx
g
=0 and the M
cr
formula become:

z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

The C
1
coefficient is chosen from the Table2 of the EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 3.3:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
56
kNm Nmm mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
M
cr
61 . 130 8 . 130609424 80 . 230 44 . 500578 13 . 1
10 80 . 603 / 210000
10 12 . 20 / 80770 ) 5000 (
10 80 . 603
10 59 . 12
) 5000 (
10 80 . 603 / 210000
13 . 1
4 4 2
4 4 2
4 4
6 10
4 4 2
= = =
=


+


=
t
t

therefore:
063 . 1
8 . 130609424
/ 235 10 4 . 628
2 3 3
=

=

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y
LT
| | | | 156 . 1 063 . 1 ) 2 . 0 063 . 1 ( 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
2
= + + = + + = LT
LT LT LT
o |
1 621 . 0
063 . 1 156 . 1 156 . 1
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
The steel calculation results can be found in the Shape Sheet window. The Class tab shows the classification of the
cross section and the effective characteristics (not applicable in this case, as the cross section is class 1).

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
57
Lateral torsional buckling coefficient
Simply supported beam subjected to bending efforts
Lateral torsional buckling coefficient

Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling
Simply supported beam subjected to bending efforts
Mcr


8.14.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
LT
_
Lateral-torsional buckling coefficient [adim.] 0.621
Mcr Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling [kNm] 130.61

8.14.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
XLT Lateral-torsional buckling coefficient 0.621588
adim
0.0947 %
Mcr Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling 130.699
kN*m
0.0678 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
58
8.15 EC3 Test 28: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base and without any
other restraint
Test ID: 5720
Test status: Passed
8.15.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm center thickness; 10.7mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN compression axial force, 10 kNm bending moment over the X axis and 50 kNm
bending moment over the Y axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.15.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis

8.15.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=--328000N N; My=50000Nm; Mx=10000Nm;
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
59
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 150 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
70 . 10 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
10 . 7 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
260 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
,
63 . 445717 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
18 . 501177 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
89 . 80344 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
96 . 123381 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=
Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=


Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
60
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained inrotation
along Z axis,
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: F
Z
=-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
61
8.15.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1 253 . 0
06 . 179
30 . 45
sup
inf
> =

= =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
62

=
=

=
=
+
+
= =
73 . 190
36 . 224
06 . 179 6 . 238
175 . 48
36 . 224
3 . 45 6 . 238
36 . 224
6 . 238
06 . 179 30 . 45 06 . 179 30 . 45
y
x
y x y x

5 . 0 80 . 0
6 . 238
73 . 190
6 . 238
> = = =
x
o
924 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
93 . 38
1 8 . 0 13
924 . 0 396
1 13
396
6 . 33
924 . 0
61 . 33
1 . 7
7 . 10 2 260
=

=


s =

=
=

=
o
c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c
therefore the beam
web is considered to be Class 1
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
63
-for beam flange:
316 . 8 924 . 0 9 68 . 6
924 . 0
68 . 6
7 . 10
2
1 . 7 150
= s =

=
=

=
t
c
t
c
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
8.15.2.3 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:



34 . 0 = o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
64
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1 cross-sections:
y cr
y
y
N
f A
,
*
=
Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327
5620
64 . 57943291 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

5956 . 0
95 . 3802327
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y
y
| | ( ) | | 7446 . 0 5956 . 0 2 . 0 5956 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
839 . 0
1
839 . 0
5956 . 0 7446 . 0 7446 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
65
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y
z
N
f A
,
*
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=

Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
66
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
43 . 395 63 . 395426
5620
46 . 6025866 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

847 . 1
63 . 395426
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z
| | ( ) | | 609 . 2 847 . 1 2 . 0 847 . 1 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
225 . 0
1
225 . 0
847 . 1 609 . 2 609 . 2
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_


8.15.2.4 Lateral torsional buckling verification
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

77 . 1 0
50
0
1
,
,
= = = = C
M
M
top y
botom y

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
67
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; mm h 260 =
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
7 . 10 =
( )
6
2 4
0 9362763829
4
7 . 10 260 46 . 6025866
mm
mm mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column: L=5620mm
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
15018 1 . 150184702
58 . 214 63 . 395426 77 . 1
46 . 6025866 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800 5620
46 . 6025866
0 9362763829
5620
46 . 6025866 / 210000
77 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

958 . 0
1 . 150184702
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 733 . 1
150
260
s = =
mm
mm
b
h

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
68

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

49 . 0 = o
( ) | | ( ) | | 145 . 1 958 . 0 2 . 0 958 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 564 . 0
958 . 0 145 . 1 145 . 1
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
8.15.2.5 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:


yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
C
N
N
C C k
1 `
1
,

=


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
69
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


839 . 0 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
328 =
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
985 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
839 . 0 1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_


The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
70
Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y pl
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
18 . 501177 mm W
y
=
The calculation the
0 cr
M will be calculated using 1
1
= C and 0
2
= C , therefore:
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
85 . 84 27 . 84850646
58 . 214 63 . 395426 1
46 . 6025866 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800 5620
46 . 6025866
88 . 1 9351706542
5620
46 . 6025866 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

274 . 1
27 . 84850646
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl

Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

1
,
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
I
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
4 4 4 2
0
1 . 63969158 46 . 6025866 64 . 57943291 mm mm mm I I z A I I I
z y g z y
= + = + = + + =
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=

- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
62 . 5
,
=

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
607 . 1395246
5620
88 . 1 9351706542 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800
1 . 63969158
06 . 4904
6 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t

N N
Ed
328000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
607 . 1395246
, ,
= =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
71
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
43 . 395 63 . 395426
5620
46 . 6025866 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t
(previously calculated)
C
1
=1 for the top part of the column

For the top part of the column:
120 . 0
607 . 1395246
328000
1
63 . 395426
328000
1 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
4 4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
120 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 274 . 1
120 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
274 . 1
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
63 . 445717 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
677 . 1
63 . 445717
06 . 4904
328000
10 50
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y


1 997 . 0
64 . 57943291
97 . 149294
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
72
The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:


The bending moment in null at one end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( )
y cr
Ed
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
N
N
C
, ,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 = + + =
Where:
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
N N
Ed
328000 =
780 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 904 . 0
1 677 . 1 1
1 677 . 1
780 . 0 1 780 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation

256 . 2
1
256 . 2
607 . 1395246
328000
1
63 . 395426
328000
1
997 . 0
904 . 0
1 1
2
, ,
2
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
73
The
yy
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:

y pl
y el
LT pl my
y
my
y
y yy
W
W
b n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
2
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =


1534 . 0
/ 275 96 . 123381
10000000
/ 275 18 . 501177 564 . 0
50000000
274 . 1 997 . 0 5 . 0
5 . 0 5 . 0
2 3 2 3
2
,
,
,
,
2
0
, ,
,
, ,
,
2
0
=
=

=

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
f W
M
f W
M
a
M
M
M
M
a b
y z pl
Ed z
y y pl LT
Ed y
LT
Rd z pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
_


5 . 1 124 . 1
63 . 445717
18 . 501177
3
3
,
,
s = = =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y

243 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
328000
2 2
1
=

= =
mm N mm
N
N
N
n
M
Rk
Ed
pl


( ) 847 . 1 847 . 1 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
857 . 0 1534 . 0 243 . 0 847 . 1 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
847 . 1 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1 =
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
yy
C
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
74
889 . 0 889 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
857 . 0
,
,
3
3
,
,
=

>
= =
=
yy
y pl
y el
yy
y pl
y el
yy
C
W
W
C
mm
mm
W
W
C

kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
47 . 2
889 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
985 . 0
256 . 2 904 . 0
1 `
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C C k
yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


8.15.2.6 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation
y
z
yz
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
w
w
C
N
N
C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


( ) ( ) 691 . 0
63 . 395426
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

985 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
839 . 0 1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_

(previously calculated)
kN N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
43 . 395 63 . 395426

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C
5
2
max
2
14 2 ) 1 ( 1


Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
M C
M
a c
, ,
,
4
2
0
5
10

+
=


997 . 0
64 . 57943291
97 . 149294
1 1
4
4
= = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT
(previously calculated)
274 . 1
27 . 84850646
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
(previously calculated)
847 . 1
63 . 395426
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z (previously calculated)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
75
Nm M
Ed y
50000
,
=
( ) 904 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

(previously calculated)
1 564 . 0
958 . 0 145 . 1 145 . 1
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (previously calculated)
Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =
664 . 0
5 . 137823724 564 . 0 904 . 0
50000000
847 . 1 5
274 . 1
997 . 0 10
5
10
4
, ,
,
4
2
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
a c
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C
5
2
max
2
14 2 ) 1 ( 1


5 . 1
5 . 1
5 . 1 536 . 1
89 . 80344
96 . 123381
3
3
,
,
=

s
s = = =
z
z
z el
z pl
z
w
w
mm
mm
W
W
w

kN N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
43 . 395 63 . 395426

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
( ) ( ) 691 . 0
63 . 395426
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

( ) 847 . 1 847 . 1 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y

243 . 0
1
= =
M
Rk
Ed
pl
N
N
n

(previously calculated)
532 . 0 691 . 0 243 . 0
5 . 1
847 . 1 691 . 0
14 2 ) 1 5 . 1 ( 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C



20 . 5
124 . 1
5 . 1
6 . 0
532 . 0
1
63 . 395426
328000
1
985 . 0
691 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C k
y
z
yz
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
76
8.15.2.7 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation
y
z
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
w
w
C
N
N
C C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


210 . 0
63 . 395426
328000
225 . 0 1
63 . 395426
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


225 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C
,
,
5
2
max
2
6 . 0 14 2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =


Nmm mm N mm f W M
z z Rd z pl
33930039 / 275 96 . 123381
2 3
, ,
= = =

771 . 0
33930039 691 . 0
10000000
5 . 137823724 564 . 0 904 . 0
50000000
847 . 1 1 . 0
274 . 1
997 . 0 2
1 . 0
2
4
, ,
,
, ,
,
4
0
=
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
M C
M
a d
Rd z pl mz
Ed z
Rd y pl LT my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


310 . 0 771 . 0 243 . 0
124 . 1
847 . 1 904 . 0
14 2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=
(

|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
y
my
y zy
d n
w
C
w C


462 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
5 . 1
124 . 1
6 . 0 6 . 0
3
3
,
,
= =
mm
mm
W
W
w
w
y pl
y el
z
y

462 . 0
462 . 0 6 . 0
310 . 0
6 . 0
,
,
,
,
=

=
=
>
zy
y pl
y el
z
y
zy
y pl
y el
z
y
zy
C
W
W
w
w
C
W
W
w
w
C

256 . 2 =
mLT
C (previously calculated)
529 . 0
5 . 1
124 . 1
6 . 0
462 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
210 . 0
256 . 2 904 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
z
y
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
77
8.15.2.8 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation

zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz
C
N
N
C k
1
1
,

=


z pl
z el
LT pl mz
z
mz
z
z zz
W
W
e n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =

131 . 0
/ 275 18 . 501177 564 . 0 904 . 0
50000000
847 . 1 1 . 0
274 . 1
997 . 0 7 . 1
1 . 0
7 . 1
2 3 4
, ,
,
4
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

mm N mm
Nmm
M C
M
a e
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


926 . 0 131 . 0 243 . 0 847 . 1 691 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
847 . 1 691 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 5 . 1 ( 1
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1
2 2 2
2
max
2
max
2
=
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
LT pl mz
z
mz
z
z zz
e n C
w
C
w
w C


919 . 0
926 . 0
1
63 . 395426
328000
1
210 . 0
691 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C k
zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz


8.15.2.9 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_

i y Rk
A f N =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
78
69 . 1 27 . 0 34 . 0 08 . 1
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 10
919 . 0
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
564 . 0
10 50
529 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
225 . 0
328000
41 . 3 53 . 1 59 . 1 29 . 0
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 10
20 . 5
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
564 . 0
10 50
479 . 2
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
839 . 0
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
79
z
_
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
z

Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
80
Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k



Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
81
Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k



Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
82
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
83
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
84
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz



Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure

C
1



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
85
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
Mcr




The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT
_





ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
86
8.15.2.1 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.839
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.225
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
2.47
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
5.20
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.529
zz
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.919
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
0.29
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
1.59
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
1.53
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
1.08
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
0.34
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
0.27
C
1
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section
properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
1.77
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 150.18
LT
_
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness 0.564
Work ratio Stability work ratio (bending and axial compression verification) [%] 341 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
87
8.15.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Y-Y axis
0.839285
adim
0.0340 %
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Z-Z axis
0.224656
adim
-0.1530 %
Kyy Internal factor kyy 2.47232 adim 0.0938 %
Kyz Internal factor kyz 5.20929 adim 0.1787 %
Kzy Internal factor kzy 0.525982
adim
-0.5704 %
Kzz Internal factor kzz 0.942941
adim
2.6051 %
Work ratio Stability work ratio 341.352 % 0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
88
8.16 EC3 Test 23: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
Test ID: 5703
Test status: Passed
8.16.1Description
The test verfies a IPE400 column, made of S275 steel, subjected to compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.16.2Background
Unrestrained IPE400 column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column is fixed at
its base and free on the top end. A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load (-125000 N) applied and to a lateral load after the X global axis (28330N). Both loads are applied
on the top end of the column. The dead load will be neglected. The results will be compared with the ones obtained
by the CTIM n4-2006.
8.16.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1x= 28330 N, Q1z= -125000 N
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
89

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=9000mm
Cross section area:
2
8446mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 180 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
5 . 13 =
Root radius: mm r 21 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
6 . 8 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
400 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 1156 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
10 1307 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 40 . 146 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 229 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=23130.00x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=1318.00x10
4
mm
4

Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.08x10
4
mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=490000x10
6
mm
6

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
90
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 9.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: lateral (xoz) restraint at z=3m
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and Y=9.00m: F
Z
=-125000N and Fx=28330N
Internal: None.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
91
CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM 2006-4-Resistance barre comprimee selon


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
92
8.16.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
-for beam web:
72 72 49 . 38
1
49 . 38
6 . 8
331
= s =

=
= =
c
c
t
c
mm
mm
t
c
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
9 9 50 . 4
1
50 . 4
5 . 13
47 . 67
= s =

=
= =
c
c
t
c
mm
mm
t
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1


In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1
According to CTICM document:
The cross section is considered to be Class 1. The column strength will be determined considering the plastic
characteristics of the cross-section. Below can be seen the CTICM conclusion, extracted from CTICM 2006-4:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
93
8.16.2.3 Compression verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design axial compression resistance of the element (N
c,Rd
) from the
compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The compressed resistance of the member, N
c,Rd
, is calculated
according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.2.4.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd c
Ed
N
N
(6.9)
The design resistance of the cross-section for uniform compression N
c,Rd
is determined using the formula below:
0
,
M
y
Rd c
f A
N

= (6.10)
-where:
A is the section area:
2
8446mm A =
y
f is the yielding strength:
2
/ 275 mm N f
y
=
0 M
is the partial safety factor: 1
0
=
M

kN N
mm N mm
f A
N
M
y
Rd c
65 . 2322 2322650
1
/ 275 8446
2 2
0
,
= =


N N
Ed
125000 =
% 100 % 38 . 5 100
2322650
125000
,
s = =
N
N
N
N
Rd c
Ed


According to CTICM document:
The compression resistance of the column is kN N
Rd c
2324
,
= as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from
CTCIM 2006-4:

8.16.2.4 Shear verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design shear resistance of the element (V
c,Rd
) from the shear force applied to
the element (V
Ed
). The shear resistance of the member, V
c,Rd
, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005,
Chapter 6.2.6.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd c
Ed
V
V
(6.17)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
94
The design shear resistance of the element, V
c,Rd
is determined using the formula below:
0
,
3
M
y
V
Rd c
f
A
V

|
|
.
|

\
|

= (6.18)
-where:
A
V
is the shear area:
( )
w w f w f V
t h t r t t b A A > + + = q 2 2
-where:
A is the cross section area:
2
8446mm A =
b is the overall breadth: mm b 180 =
t
f
is the flange thickness: mm t
f
5 . 13 =
r is the root radius: mm r 21 =
t
w
is the web thickness: mm t
w
6 . 8 =
h
w
is the depth of the web: mm h
w
400 =
1 = q
( )
( )
2 2
1 . 4269 5 . 13 21 2 6 . 8 5 . 13 180 2 8446
2 2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
t r t t b A A
f w f V
= + + =
= + + =

2
3440 400 6 . 8 1 mm mm mm t h
w w
= = q
2 2
3440 1 . 4269 mm mm A
V
> =
y
f is the yielding strength:
2
/ 275 mm N f
y
=
0 M
is the partial safety factor: 1
0
=
M

N
mm N
mm
f
A
V
M
y
V
Rd c
66 . 677810
1
3
/ 275
1 . 4269
3
2
2
0
,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|


N V
Ed
28330 =
% 100 % 180 . 4 100 04179 . 0 100
66 . 677810
28330
100
,
s = = =
N
N
V
V
Rd c
Ed


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
95
According to CTICM document:
The shear resistance of the column is kN V
Rd z pl
8 . 677
, ,
= as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from CTCIM
2006-4:

8.16.2.5 Bending moment verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design bending moment resistance of the element (M
pl,Rd
) from the bending
moment effor applied to the element (M
Ed
). The Bending moment resistance of the member, M
pl,Rd
, is calculated
according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.2.5.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd pl
Ed
M
M
(6.12)
-the shear force does not exceed 50% of the shear plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the shear on
the composed bending;
-the axial compression force does not exceed 25% of the plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the
compression on the composed bending
The design bending moment resistance of the element, M
pl,Rd
is determined using the formula below:
0
,
M
y pl
Rd pl
f w
M


= (6.13)
-where:
w
pl
is the plastic modulus:
3
1307000mm w
pl
=
y
f is the yielding strength:
2
/ 275 mm N f
y
=
0 M
is the partial safety factor: 1
0
=
M

Nmm
mm N mm
f w
M
M
y pl
Rd pl
359425000
1
/ 275 1307000
2 3
0
,
=


Nmm M
Ed
254970000 =
% 100 % 938 . 70 100 70938 . 0 100
359425000
254970000
100
,
s = = =
Nmm
Nmm
M
M
Rd pl
Ed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
96
According to CTICM document:
The bending moment resistance of the column is kNm M
Rd y pl
7 . 359
, ,
= as it can be seen from the conclusion
extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

8.16.2.6 Buckling verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.2:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:
21 . 0 = o

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
y cr
y
y
N
f A
,
*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
( )
N
mm
mm MPa
L
I E
N
fz
y
y cr
77 . 5918472
9000
10 23130 210000

2
4 4
,
=

=

=
t
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
97
62645 . 0
77 . 5918472
/ 275 8446
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y
y
| | ( ) | | 740997 . 0 62645 . 0 2 . 0 62645 . 0 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
1 87968 . 0
62645 . 0 740997 . 0 740997 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
s =
+
=
u + u
=
y
y y
y

_
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, y-y
axis, y is: 8796 . 0 =
y
_ as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

b) over the strong axis of the section, z-z:
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.2:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
98
The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:
34 . 0 = o

z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y
z
N
f A
,
*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

Outside the frame, the calculation can be made with more than the safety of taking in account a buckling length equal
to the grater length of the two beam sections, 6m. A more accurate calculation is to perform a modal analysis of the
column buckling outside the frame. The first eigenmode of instability corresponds to an amplification factor equal to
critical 15 . 9 =
cr
o . The normal critical force can be directly calculated:
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
z
z cr
153 . 1142396
4890
10 1318 / 210000

4 4 2
,
=

=

=
t t

42588 . 1
153 . 1142396
/ 275 8446
2 2
,
=

=
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z
| | ( ) | | 72497 . 1 42588 . 1 2 . 0 42588 . 1 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
1 37096 . 0
42588 . 1 72497 . 1 72497 . 1
1 1
2 2 2 2
s =
+
=
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, z-z
axis, z is: 3711 . 0 =
z
_ as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
99

8.16.2.7 Lateral torsional buckling verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
a) for the 3m part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 66667 . 0
97 . 254
98 . 169
= =
kNm
kNm


17932 . 1
66667 . 0 252 . 0 66667 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
=
+ +
=
+ +
=

C

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=23130.00x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=1318.00x10
4
mm
4

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.08x10
4
mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=490000x10
6
mm
6

Length of the column part: L=3000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
( )
( )
Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
2 . 806585210
33396 . 225 34 . 3035232 17932 . 1
10 1318 / 210000
10 08 . 51 / 80800 3000
10 1318
10 49
3000
10 1318 / 210000
17932 . 1

4 4 2
4 4 2 2
4 4
6 10
2
4 4 2
1
=
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
100
Calculation of the non-dimensional slenderness factor, LT :
cr
y y
LT
M
f W
=
Plastic modulus,
3 3
10 1307 mm W
y
=
66754 . 0
2 . 806585210
/ 275 10 1307
2 3 3
=

=

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:
34 . 0 = o


( ) | | 80228 . 0 66754 . 0 2 . 0 66754 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + =
LT
|
1 80173 . 0
66754 . 0 80228 . 0 80228 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_

According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: 7877 . 0 =
LT
_ as
it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
101

b) for the 6m part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0 =

77 . 1
1
= C
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=23130.00x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=1318.00x10
4
mm
4

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.08x10
4
mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=490000x10
6
mm
6

Length of the column part: L=6000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
406423987
604 . 302 085 . 758808 77 . 1
10 1318 / 210000
10 08 . 51 / 80800 6000
10 1318
10 49
6000
10 1318 / 210000
77 . 1

4 4 2
4 4 2 2
4 4
6 10
2
4 4 2
1
=
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
102
Calculation of the non-dimensional slenderness factor, LT :
cr
y y
LT
M
f W
=
Plastic modulus,
3 3
10 1307 mm W
y
=
94040 . 0
406423987
/ 275 10 1307
2 3 3
=

=

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:
34 . 0 = o


( ) | | 06804 . 1 94040 . 0 2 . 0 94040 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + =
LT
|
1 63518 . 0
94040 . 0 06804 . 1 06804 . 1
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
103
According to CTICM document:
The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is: 694 . 0 =
LT
_ as it
can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

8.16.2.8 Bending and axial compression verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
s
A +
+

A +
+

M
Rk z
Ed z Ed z
yz
M
Rd y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_
(6.61)
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
s
A +
+

A +
+

M
Rk z
Ed z Ed z
zz
M
Rd y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_
(6.62)
The formulae can be simplified because:
There is no bending on the small inertia axis: 0
,
=
Ed z
M
The section is considered to be a Class1: 0
,
= A
Rd y
M and 0
,
= A
Rd z
M
Therefore the formulae are:
( )
( ) 62 . 6 00 . 1
61 . 6 00 . 1
1
,
,
1
1
,
,
1
s

M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M
k
N
N
M
M
k
N
N

_

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
104
8.16.2.9 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation:
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
C
N
N
C C k
1
1
,

=


Auxiliary terms:
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


Where:
87968 . 0 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
773 . 5918472
9000
4 10 23130 / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t
t

99741 . 0
773 . 5918472
125000
87968 . 0 1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
=

=
N
N
N
y



According to CTICM document:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
105
The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the
0
term:
LT
C =
1 0

-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0 =

77 . 1
1
= C

66754 . 0
2 . 806585210
/ 275 10 1307
2 3 3
=

=

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y
LT
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
106
88811 . 0 66754 . 0 77 . 1
1 1 0
= = = =
LT LT
C C

Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

,
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
I
A
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
2
0 g z y
z A I I I + + =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=23130.00x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=1318.00x10
4
mm
4

Cross section area:
2
8446mm A =
Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: 0 =
g
z
4 4 4 4 4 4 2
0
10 24448 10 1318 10 23130 mm mm mm I I z A I I I
z y g z y
= + = + = + + =
-for simplification, it will be considered the same buckling length,
T cr
L
,
, for all the column parts:
m L
T cr
6
,
=
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.08x10
4
mm
4
Working inertial moment: I
w
=490000x10
6
mm
6
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
788 . 2400423
6000
10 49 / 210000
10 08 . 51 / 80800
10 24448
8446
6 10 2 2
4 4 2
4 4
2
,
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+

=
t

N N N
T cr TF cr
788 . 2400423
, ,
= =
N N
z cr
153 . 1142396
,
= (previously calculated)
25505 . 0
788 . 2400423
125000
1
153 . 1142396
125000
1 77 . 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
4 4
, ,
1
=
= |
.
|

\
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
107
Therefore:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
1
1 1
1
1
25505 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 88811 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y el Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 1156 mm W
y el
=
90119 . 14
10 1156
8446
125000
10 94 . 254
3 3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y el Ed
Ed y
y

99779 . 0
10 23130
10 08 . 51
1 1
4 4
4 4
=

= =
mm
mm
Iy
It
a
LT

The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
Where:
N N
y cr
773 . 5918472
,
= (previously calculated)
( ) 78749 . 0
773 . 5918472
125000
33 . 0 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 95619 . 0
99779 . 0 90119 . 14 1
99779 . 0 90119 . 14
78749 . 0 1 78749 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
108
According to CTICM document:

The
mLT
C coefficient takes into account the laterally restrained parts of the column. The
mLT
C coefficient must be calculated
individually for each of the column parts.
1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C

a) for the 3m part of the column:
( )
LT y
LT y
my my m my
a
a
C C C

+
+ =
1
1
0 , 0 , 3 .

90119 . 14 =
y
(previously calculated)
99779 . 0 =
LT
a (previously calculated)
The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: 66667 . 0
97 . 254
98 . 169
= =
kNm
kNm


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
109
( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
Where:
N N
y cr
773 . 5918472
,
= (previously calculated)
( ) 93256 . 0
773 . 5918472
125000
33 . 0 66667 . 0 36 . 0 66667 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 98609 . 0
99779 . 0 90119 . 14 1
99779 . 0 90119 . 14
93256 . 0 1 93256 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 , 3 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my m my
a
a
C C C


N N
z cr
153 . 1142396
,
= (previously calculated)
N N
T cr
788 . 2400423
,
= (previously calculated)
99779 . 0 =
LT
a (previously calculated)
05596 . 1
1
05596 . 1
788 . 2400423
125000
1
153 . 1142396
125000
1
99779 . 0
98609 . 0
1 1
3 ,
3 ,
, ,
2
3 , 3 ,
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
m mLT
m mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
m my m mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C

a) for the 6m part of the column:
( )
LT y
LT y
my my m my
a
a
C C C

+
+ =
1
1
0 , 0 , 6 .

y el Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 1156 mm W
y el
=
9353 . 9
10 1156
8446
125000
10 98 . 169
3 3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y el Ed
Ed y
y

99779 . 0
10 23130
10 08 . 51
1 1
4 4
4 4
=

= =
mm
mm
Iy
It
a
LT

The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
110
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities: 0 =

( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
Where:
N N
y cr
773 . 5918472
,
= (previously calculated)
( ) 78749 . 0
773 . 5918472
125000
33 . 0 0 36 . 0 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 94873 . 0
99779 . 0 9353 . 9 1
99779 . 0 9353 . 9
78749 . 0 1 78749 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 , 6 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my m my
a
a
C C C


N N
z cr
153 . 1142396
,
= (previously calculated)
N N
T cr
788 . 2400423
,
= (previously calculated)
1
1
97746 . 0
788 . 2400423
125000
1
153 . 1142396
125000
1
99779 . 0
94873 . 0
1 1
6 ,
6 ,
, ,
2
6 , 6 ,
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
m mLT
m mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
m my m mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C

In conclusion:

=
=
=
1
05596 . 1
6 ,
3 ,
m mLT
m mLT
mLT
C
C
C

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
111
The
yy
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:

y pl
y el
LT pl my
y
my
y
y yy
W
W
b n C
w
C
w
w C
,
, 2
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
Where:
0 0 5 . 0 5 . 0
, ,
, 2
0
,
,
, ,
, 2
0
=

=
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT
Rd pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
M
M
a
M
M
M
M
a b
_

_

5 . 1
,
,
s =
y el
y pl
y
W
W
w
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 1156 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 1307 mm W
y pl
=
5 . 1 13062 . 1
10 1156
10 1307
3 3
3 3
,
,
s =

= =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y


1 M
Rk
Ed
pl
N
N
n

=
N
mm N mm
f A
N N
M
y
Rd c Rk
2322650
1
/ 275 8446
2 2
0
,
=

= =


05382 . 0
1
2322650
125000
1
= = =
N
N
N
N
n
M
Rk
Ed
pl


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
112
( ) z y ; max max =
62645 . 0 = y (previously calculated)
42504 . 1 = z (previously calculated)

( ) ( ) 42504 . 1 42504 . 1 ; 62645 . 0 max ; max max = = = z y
95619 . 0 =
my
C (previously calculated)
98511 . 0
0 05382 . 0 42504 . 1 95619 . 0
13062 . 1
6 . 1
42504 . 1 95619 . 0
13062 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 13062 . 1 ( 1
=
=
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
yy
C

88447 . 0
10 1307
10 1156
98511 . 0
3 3
3 3
,
,
=

= > =
mm
mm
W
W
C
y pl
y el
yy

In conclusion:

=
=

=
=
98902 . 0
98511 . 0
1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
99741 . 0
1 95619 . 0
1
1
04409 . 1
98511 . 0
1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
99741 . 0
05569 . 1 95619 . 0
1
1
,
6 , 6 ,
,
3 , 3 `,
N
N
C
N
N
C C k
N
N
C
N
N
C C k
k
yy
y cr
Ed
y
m mLT my m yy
yy
y cr
Ed
y
m mLT my m yy
yy



According to CTICM 2006-4:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
113
8.16.2.10 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation:
The internal factor
zy
k corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

z
y
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
w
w
C
N
N
C C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


Auxiliary terms:
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


Where:
37096 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
z
z cr
153 . 1142396
4890
10 1318 / 210000

4 4 2
,
=

=

=
t t

92826 . 0
153 . 1142396
125000
37096 . 0 1
1533 . 1142396
125000
1
=

=
N
N
N
N
z



According to CTICM document:


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
114
The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:


( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
1
1 1
1
1
208 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 88811 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


(previously calculated)
90119 . 14
10 1156
8446
125000
10 94 . 254
3 3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y el Ed
Ed y
y
(previously calculated)
99779 . 0
10 23130
10 08 . 51
1 1
4 4
4 4
=

= =
mm
mm
Iy
It
a
LT
(previously calculated)
The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
115
The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( ) 78749 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + + =
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
(previously calculated)
( ) 95619 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+
+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


(previously calculated)

=
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
05596 . 1
1 1
6 ,
3 ,
, ,
2
m mLT
m mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
a
C C
(previously calculated)

The
zy
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:

y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C
,
,
5
2
max
2
6 . 0 14 2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
116
Where:
0 0
1 . 0
2
1 . 0
2
, ,
,
4
0
, ,
,
, ,
,
4
0
=

+
=

+
=
Rd y pl LT my
Ed y
z
LT
Rd z pl mz
Ed z
Rd y pl LT my
Ed y
z
LT LT
M C
M
a
M C
M
M C
M
a d
_


5 . 1 13062 . 1
10 1156
10 1307
3 3
3 3
,
,
s =

= =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y
(previously calculated)
5 . 1
,
,
s =
z el
z pl
z
W
W
w
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 40 . 146 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 229 mm W
z pl
=
5 . 1
5 . 1
564 . 1
10 40 . 146
10 229
3 3
3 3
,
,
=

s
=

= =
z
z
z el
z pl
z
w
w
mm
mm
W
W
w

1 M
Rk
Ed
pl
N
N
n

=
05382 . 0
1
2322650
125000
1
= = =
N
N
N
N
n
M
Rk
Ed
pl

(previously calculated)
( ) ( ) 42504 . 1 42504 . 1 ; 62645 . 0 max ; max max = = = z y (previously calculated)
90887 . 0 0 05382 . 0
13062 . 1
42504 . 1 98609 . 0
14 2 ) 1 13062 . 1 ( 1
5
2 2
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
zy
C
46073 . 0
10 1307
10 1156
5 . 1
13062 . 1
6 . 0 6 . 0
3 3
3 3
,
,
=

=
mm
mm
W
W
w
w
y pl
y el
z
y

46073 . 0 6 . 0 90887 . 0 14 2 ) 1 ( 1
,
,
5
2
max
2
= > =
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C


In conclusion:
56307 . 0
5 . 1
13062 . 1
6 . 0
90887 . 0
1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
923830 . 0
05569 . 1 98609 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
z
y
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
117

=
=

=
=

=
=

=
=
50752 . 0
5 . 1
13062 . 1
6 . 0
98511 . 0
1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
99741 . 0
1 95619 . 0
6 . 0
1
1
52306 . 0
5 . 1
13062 . 1
6 . 0
90887 . 0
1
773 . 5918472
125000
1
99741 . 0
05569 . 1 95619 . 0
6 . 0
1
1
,
6 , 6 ,
,
3 , 3 `,
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
k
z
y
zy
z cr
Ed
y
m mLT my m zy
z
y
zy
z cr
Ed
y
m mLT my m zy
zy



According to CTICM 2006-4:

The bending and axial compression verifications are:
-for the 3m column part:

1 60789 . 0 46281 . 0 14508 . 0
1
359425000
80173 . 0
254970000
52306 . 0
1
2322650
37096 . 0
125000
1 98501 . 0 92383 . 0 06119 . 0
1
359425000
80173 . 0
254970000
04409 . 1
1
2322650
87968 . 0
125000
1
,
,
1
1
,
,
1
s = + =
=

=
=

s = + =
=

=
=

Nmm
Nmm
N
N
M
M
k
N
N
Nmm
Nmm
N
N
M
M
k
N
N
M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed

_


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
118
-for the 6m column part:

1 52073 . 0 37565 . 0 14508 . 0
1
359425000
63518 . 0
168980000
50752 . 0
1
2322650
37096 . 0
125000
1 79322 . 0 73204 . 0 06118 . 0
1
359425000
63518 . 0
168980000
98902 . 0
1
2322650
87968 . 0
125000
1
,
,
1
1
,
,
1
s = + =
=

=
=

s = + =
=

=
=

Nmm
Nmm
N
N
M
M
k
N
N
Nmm
Nmm
N
N
M
M
k
N
N
M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk y
LT
Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed

_


According to CTICM 2006-4:

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
119
Ratio of the design normal force to design compresion resistance
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - Fx



Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - Fz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
120
Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - oblique


y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
121

z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
122
Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k



8.16.2.11 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Ratio of the design normal force to design compression resistance 5.38
Work ratio - Fz Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance 4.18
Work ratio - Oblique Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending resistance
one the principal axis
70.94
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.88
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.37
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k for the 3m segment
1.04
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k for the 6m segment
0.99
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k for the 3m segment
0.52
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k for the 6m segment
0.51

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
123
8.16.3Calculated results


Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Ratio of the design normal force to design compression
resistance
5.38178 % 0.0332 %
Work ratio - Fz Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance 4.17973 % -0.0064 %
Work ratio -
Oblique
Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending
resistance one the principal axis
70.9383 % -0.0024 %
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.879684 adim -0.0359 %
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.370957 adim 0.2586 %
Kyy Internal factor,kyy for the 3m segment 1.03159 adim -0.8089 %
Kyy Internal factor,kyy for the 6m segment 0.983324 adim -0.6743 %
Kzy Internal factor,kzy for the 3m segment 0.537037 adim 3.2763 %
Kzy Internal factor,kzy for the 6m segment 0.511305 adim 0.2559 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
124
8.17 EC3 Test 7: Class section classification and compression resistance for an IPE600 column
Test ID: 5620
Test status: Passed
8.17.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.17.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.17.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
125
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: N = Fz = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
8.17.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
126

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

The web class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table
5.2 - sheet 1:
83 . 42
12
2 24 2 19 600
=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
127
Therefore:
42 42 83 . 42 = > = c
t
c

This means that the column web is Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
21 . 4
19
2 / ) 2 24 12 220 (
=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
9 9 21 . 4 = s = c
t
c

This means that the top column flange is Class 1. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 1.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
128
8.17.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying in this case only
for the web of the IPE 600 cross-section.
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor and the
stress ratio, and the plate modified slenderness. They will be calculated considering only the cross-section web.
The buckling factor (k
o
) and the stress ratio(+)
Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:

0 . 1
1
2
= =
o
o

0 . 4 =
o
k
The plate modified slenderness (
p
)
The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness is:
( )
754 . 0
0 . 4 0 . 1 4 . 28
12 / 24 2 19 2 600
4 . 28
/
=


= =
mm mm mm mm
k
t b
p
o
c

The reduction factor ()
Because
p
> 0.673, the reduction factor has the following formula:
( )
0 . 1
3 055 . 0
2
s
+
=
p
p



Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
( ) ( ) ( )
2
75 . 15223 12 24 2 19 2 600 939 . 0 1 15600 1 mm t b A A
w eff
= = =
Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:
N
MPa mm
f A
N
M
y eff
Rd c
3577581
0 . 1
235 75 . 15223
2
0
,
=


Work ratio
Work ratio = % 79518 . 2 100
3577581
100000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd c

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
129
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

8.17.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio [%] 2.79518 %

8.17.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 2.79495 % -0.0083 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
130
8.18 EC3 test 4: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5412
Test status: Passed
8.18.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.18.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
8.18.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
131
Units
Metric System
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
8.18.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case, the column is subjected to a lateral load, therefore the stresses distribution on the most stressed point
(the column base) is like in the picture below.

The Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
132

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
133


Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
134


Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
8.18.2.3 Reference results in calculating the bending moment resistance
1
,
s
Rd c
Ed
M
M

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(1)
0
,
*
M
y pl
Rd c
f w
M

= for Class1 cross sections


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(2)
Where:
3
40 . 628 cm w
pl
=
f
y
nominal yielding strength for S235 f
y
=235MPa
0 M

partial safety coefficient


1
0
=
M


Therefore:
MNm
f w
M
M
y pl
Rd V y
147674 . 0
1
235 * 10 * 40 . 628
*
6
0
, ,
= = =


MNm kNm kN m M
Ed
125 . 0 125 50 * 5 . 2 = = =
% 84
148 . 0
125 . 0
, ,
= =
Rd V y
Ed
M
M

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
135
Finite elements results
Combined oblique bending
Combined oblique bending
Work ratio - Oblique


8.18.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Combined oblique
bending
Work ratio - Oblique 85 %

8.18.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio - Oblique 84.6459 % -0.4166 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
136
8.19 EC3 Test 2: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300 beam subjected to
linear uniform loading
Test ID: 5410
Test status: Passed
8.19.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally.
The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is neglected.
8.19.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The beam is subjected to a
50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally. The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is
neglected.
8.19.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -50kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Units
Metric System
Materials properties

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
137
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and rotation restrained on X
axis
Inner: None.
8.19.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case the stresses distribution along the section is like in the picture below:
compression for the top flange
compression and tension for the web
tension for the bottom flange

To determine the web class it will be used the Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
138

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
139
Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.
To determine the flanges class it will be used the Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter
5.5.2

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
276 . 5
7 . 10
45 . 56
= =
mm
mm
t
c

92 . 0 = c
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
140
Therefore:
28 . 8 92 . 0 * 9 * 9 276 . 5
7 . 10
45 . 56
= = s = = c
mm
mm
t
c
this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the beam section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
8.19.2.3 Reference results in calculating the shear resistance V
pl,Rd

The design resistance of the cross-section V
pl,Rd
shall be determined as follows:
0
,
3
*
M
y
v
Rd pl
f
A
V

=

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
A
v
: section shear area for rolled profiles
f w f v
t r t t b A A * ) * 2 ( * * 2 + + =

A: cross-section area A=53.81cm
2
b: overall breadth b=150mm
h: overall depth h=300mm
h
w
: depth of the web h
w
=248.6mm
r: root radius r=15mm
t
f
: flange thickness t
f
=10.7mm
t
w
: web thickness t
w
=7.1mm
2
68 . 25 07 . 1 * ) 5 . 1 * 2 71 . 0 ( 17 * 15 * 2 81 . 53 * ) * 2 ( * * 2 cm t r t t b A A
f w f v
= + + = + + =

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
f
y
: nominal yielding strength for S275 f
y
=275MPa
0 M

: partial safety coefficient


1
0
=
M


Therefore:
kN MN
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
7 . 407 4077 . 0
1
3
275
* 10 * 68 . 25
3
*
4
0
,
= = = =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
141
For more:
Verification of the shear buckling resistance for webs without stiffeners:
c
q
* 72 s
w
w
t
h

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(7)
20 . 1
1
1
* 20 . 1 * 20 . 1
0
1
= = =
M
M

q
92 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
91 . 93
92 . 0
20 . 1
* 72 * 72 01 . 35
1 . 7
6 . 248
= = s = =
c
q
w
w
t
h

There is no need for shear buckling resistance verification
According to: EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004 Chapter 5.1(2)
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results

Shear resistance work ratio
Work ratio - Fz




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
142

8.19.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Shear force 125 kN
Work ratio

Work ratio - Fz 31 %

8.19.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Fz Fz -125 kN -0.0000 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio Fz 30.6579 % -1.1034 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
143
8.20 EC3 Test 3: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification of an IPE300
column
Test ID: 5411
Test status: Passed
8.20.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.20.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
8.20.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -200kN,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
144
Units
Metric System
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
8.20.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In case the column is subjected to a lateral load, the stresses distribution on the most stressed point (the column
base) is like in the picture below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
145
To determine the web class, we will use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
146
According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.
To determine the flanges class it will be used the Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter
5.5.2.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
147
The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6).
8.20.2.3 Reference results in calculating the shear resistance V
pl,Rd

The design resistance of the cross-section V
pl,Rd
, is determined as follows:
0
,
3
*
M
y
v
Rd pl
f
A
V

=

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)
Where:
A
v
section shear area for rolled profiles
f w f v
t r t t b A A * ) * 2 ( * * 2 + + =

A cross-section area A=53.81cm
2
b overall breadth b=150mm
h overall depth h=300mm
h
w
depth of the web h
w
=248.6mm
r root radius r=15mm
t
f
flange thickness t
f
=10.7mm
t
w
web thickness t
w
=7.1mm
2
68 . 25 07 . 1 * ) 5 . 1 * 2 71 . 0 ( 17 * 15 * 2 81 . 53 * ) * 2 ( * * 2 cm t r t t b A A
f w f v
= + + = + + =

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
148
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
f
y
nominal yielding strength for S235 f
y
=235MPa
0 M

partial safety coefficient


1
0
=
M


Therefore:
kN MN
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
42 . 348 3484 . 0
1
3
235
* 10 * 68 . 25
3
*
4
0
,
= = = =


8.20.2.4 Reference results in calculating the bending moment resistance
% 50 % 4 . 57
42 . 348
200
,
> = =
Rd pl
Ed
V
V

The shear force is greater than half of the plastic shear resistance. Its effect on the moment resistance must be taken
into account.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(1)(2)

Where:

0223 . 0 1
348 . 0
200 . 0 * 2
1
2
2
2
,
=
|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
Rd pl
Ed
V
V

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(3)
f w f v
t r t t b A A * ) * 2 ( * * 2 + + =

A
v
section shear area for rolled profiles
A cross-section area A=53.81cm
2
b overall breadth b=150mm
h overall depth h=300mm
h
w
depth of the web h
w
=248.6mm
r root radius r=15mm
t
f
flange thickness t
f
=10.7mm
t
w
web thickness t
w
=7.1mm
2
68 . 25 07 . 1 * ) 5 . 1 * 2 71 . 0 ( 17 * 15 * 2 81 . 53 * ) * 2 ( * * 2 cm t r t t b A A
f w f v
= + + = + + =

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
f
y
nominal yielding strength for S235 f
y
=235MPa
0 M

partial safety coefficient


1
0
=
M


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
149
Therefore:
MNm
f
t
A
w
M
M
y
w
v
pl
Rd V y
146 . 0
1
235 *
0071 . 0 * 4
) 10 * 68 . 25 ( * 0223 . 0
10 * 40 . 628 *
4
*
4
6
0
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|


MNm kNm kN m M
Ed
5 . 0 500 200 * 5 . 2 = = =
% 342
146 . 0
500 . 0
, ,
= =
Rd V y
Ed
M
M

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
Shear z direction work ratio
Shear z direction work ratio
Work ratio - Fz




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
150
Combined oblique bending
Combined oblique bending
Work ratio - Oblique

8.20.2.5 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Shear z direction
work ratio

Work ratio - Fz 57 %
Combined oblique
bending
Work ratio - Oblique 341 %

8.20.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio Fz 57.4021 % 0.7054 %
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio - Oblique 341.348 % 0.1021 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
151
8.21 EC3 Test 6: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending verification of an
IPE300 beam
Test ID: 5424
Test status: Passed
8.21.1Description
Classification and verification on combined bending of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection
with translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis.
The beam is subjected to a -10 kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis,
and a 10kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam on the Y axis.
Both forces are considered as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.21.2Background
Classification and verification on combined bending of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The
beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection with
translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis. The beam is subjected to a -10kN/m
uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis, and a 10kN/m uniform linear force
applied along the beam on the Y axis. Both forces are considered live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
8.21.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -10kN/m, Q2 = 10kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
152

Units
Metric System
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation and rotation along Y, Z axis and rotation
blocked along X axis.
Inner: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
153
8.21.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case, the beam is subjected to linear uniform equal loads, one vertical and one horizontal, therefore the
stresses distribution on the most stressed point (the column base) is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
154

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
155
Therefore:

This means that the beam web is Class 1.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
156
According to Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


Therefore:

This means that the beam left top flanges are Class 1.
Overall the beam top flange cross-section class is Class 1.
In the same way will be determined that the beam bottom flange cross-section class is also Class 1
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
8.21.2.3 Reference results for calculating the combined biaxial bending
1
,
,
,
,
s
(

+
(
(

| o
Ed Nz
Ed z
Rd Ny
Ed Y
M
M
M
M

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(5)
In which and are constants, which may conservatively be taken as unity, otherwise as follows:
For I and H sections:
2 = o
) 1 ; max(n = |
0
0
, ,
= = =
Rd pl Rd pl
Ed
N N
N
n therefore 1 = |
Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
a
n M
M
Rd y pl
Rd Ny
* 5 . 0 1
) 1 ( *
, ,
,


= but
Rd ply Rd Ny
M M
, ,
s
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)
0
0
, ,
= = =
Rd pl Rd pl
Ed
N N
N
n
5 . 0 403 . 0
10 * 81 . 53
) 0107 . 0 * 15 . 0 * 2 10 * 81 . 53 (
) * * 2 (
4
4
s =

A
t b A
a
f

8 . 0 ) 403 . 0 * 5 . 0 1 (
, , , ,
, ,
Rd y pl Rd y pl
Rd y N
M M
M =

=
Rd y pl Rd y N Rd y pl Rd y N
M M M M
, , , , , , , ,
* 8 . 0 > = but
Rd ply Rd Ny
M M
, ,
s
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
157
Therefore, it will be considered:

Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:
a
n M
M
Rd z pl
Rd Nz
* 5 . 0 1
) 1 ( *
, ,
,


= but
Rd plz Rd Nz
M M
, ,
s
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)



Rd z pl Rd z N Rd z pl Rd z N
M M M M
, , , , , , , ,
* 8 . 0 > = but
Rd plz Rd Nz
M M
, ,
s therefore it will be considered:
MNm
f w
M M
M
y z pl
Rd z pl Rd z N
030 . 0
1
235 * 10 * 20 . 125
*
6
0
,
, , , ,
= = = =


In conclusion:
1 1086 . 1
029375 . 0
03125 . 0
148 . 0
03125 . 0
1 2
,
,
,
,
> =
(

+
(

=
(
(

+
(
(

| o
Ed Nz
Ed z
Rd Ny
Ed Y
M
M
M
M

The coresponding work ratio is:
WR = 1.1086 x 100 = 110.86 %
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
Work ratio oblique bending
Beam subjected to combined bending

Work ratio Oblique [%]


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
158
8.21.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Combined oblique
bending
Combined oblique bending [%] 110.86 %

8.21.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio-Oblique 110.691 % -0.2783 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
159
8.22 EC3 Test 1: Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5383
Test status: Passed
8.22.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
On top, the column is subjected to a 100 kN force applied gravitationally, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.22.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
8.22.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -100kN,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
160

Units
Metric System
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
161
8.22.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
In this case, the column is subjected only to compression, therefore the distribution of stresses along the section is
like in the picture below:

To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
162

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

1 = c

Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 2.
To determine the flanges class, we will use Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
163

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
276 . 5
7 . 10
45 . 56
= =
mm
mm
t
c

1 = c
Therefore:
9 * 9 276 . 5
7 . 10
45 . 56
= s = = c
mm
mm
t
c
this means that the column flanges are Class 1.
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
164
8.22.2.3 Reference results in calculating the compressive resistance N
c,Rd

The design resistance of the cross-section force N
c,Rd
shall be determined as follows:
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section
0
,
*
M
y
Rd c
f A
N

=
Where:
A section area A=53.81cm2
F
y
nominal yielding strength for S235 f
y
=235MPa
0 M

partial safety coefficient


1
0
=
M


Therefore:
kN MN
f A
N
M
y
Rd c
54 . 1264 264535 . 1
1
235 * 10 * 81 . 53
*
4
0
,
= = = =


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.4(2)
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
165
Finite elements results
Compressive resistance work ratio
Column subjected to compressive load
Work ratio [%]


8.22.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio

Compressive resistance work ratio [%] 8 %


8.22.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio Fx 7.90805 % -1.1494 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
166
8.23 EC3 Test 5: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5421
Test status: Passed
8.23.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
The column is subjected to a 500 kN compressive force applied on top and a 5 kN/m uniform linear load applied on
all the length of the column, on the web direction, both defined as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.23.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. The column is subjected to a 500kN compressive force
applied on top and a 5kN/m uniform linear load applied for all the length of the column, on the web direction, both
defined as live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
8.23.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q
1
= 500kN, Q
2
= 5kN/m,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
167
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.
8.23.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case the column is subjected to compression and lateral load, therefore the stresses distribution on the most
stressed point (the column base) is like in the picture below.

Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
168

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
169
Therefore:




Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 3.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
170
The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:


Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 3 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 3.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
Cross sections for class 3, the maximum longitudinal stress should check:

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.4(3)
In this case:

In absence of shear force, for Class 3 cross-sections the maximum longitudinal stress shall satisfy the criterion:

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.2(1)
This means:


The corresponding work ratio is: WR = 0.8728 x 100 = 87.28 %
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
171
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
Work ratio bending and axial compression
Column subjected to bending and axial compression

Work ratio Oblique [%]


8.23.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Bending and axial
compression
Work ratio oblique [%] 87.28 %

8.23.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio- Oblique 87.2799 % 0.3217 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
172
8.24 Changing the steel design template for a linear element (TTAD #12491)
Test ID: 4540
Test status: Passed
8.24.1Description
Selects a different design template for steel linear elements.
8.25 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized
calculation (TTAD #12389)
Test ID: 4529
Test status: Passed
8.25.1Description
Verifies the program behavior when the "Shape sheet" command is used for elements which were excluded from the
specialized calculation (chords).
8.26 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533)
Test ID: 4549
Test status: Passed
8.26.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section when the lateral torsional buckling is computed
and when it is not.
8.27 EC3 fire verification: Verifying the work ratios after performing an optimization for steel
profiles (TTAD #11975)
Test ID: 4484
Test status: Passed
8.27.1Description
Runs the Steel elements verification and generates the "Envelopes and optimizing profiles" report in order to verify
the work ratios. The verification is performed using the EC3 norm with Romanian annex.
8.28 EC3: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550)
Test ID: 4481
Test status: Passed
8.28.1Description
Performs the steel calculation and verifies the buckling length results according to Eurocodes 3 - French standards.
The shape sheet report is generated.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (IPE300 cross section, S275 material) with a rigid fixed support at the
base. A punctual live load of 200.00 kN is applied.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
173
8.29 EC3 Test 45: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made from different
steel materials
Test ID: 5745
Test status: Passed
8.29.1Description
The shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S275 steel is compared with the shear resistance of the
same built-up beam made of a user-defined steel material.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.29.2Background
Verifies the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined steel. The
beam is simply supported and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (20 000 N/ml) applied over its length. The
dead load will be neglected.
Verifies also the shear resistance of the same welded built-up beam made of S275 steel. The loading and support
conditions are the same.
8.29.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = - 20 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
174
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: t
f
= 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: t
w
= 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 5188 mm
2
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
500 MPa yield strength user-defined material and S275 steel are used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 500 MPa,
Yield strength (for S275 steel) f
y
= 275 MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -20 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
8.29.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to shear, the criterion (6.18) from chapter 6.2.6 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be
used:
0 . 1
,
s
Rd pl
Ed
V
V

V
Ed
represents the design value of the shear force:
N
mm ml N L q
V
Ed
50000
2
5000 / 20000
2
=

=
V
pl,Rd
represents the design plastic shear resistance. The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001. Before using it, the shear area (A
v
) has to be
determined.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
175
Shear area of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is higher than S460, the factor
for shear area (q) may be conservatively taken equal 1.0.
For a welded I sections, the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from EN 1993-1-1. As the load is
parallel to web, the shear area is:
( )

= = =
2
06 . 1978 ) 1 . 7 6 . 278 ( 0 . 1 mm mm mm t h A
w w v
q
Shear area of the cross section made of S275 steel
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is up to S460, the factor for
shear area (q) is 1.2.
As the load is parallel to web, the shear area becomes:
( )

= = =
2
67 . 2373 ) 1 . 7 6 . 278 ( 2 . 1 mm mm mm t h A
w w v
q
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
N
MPa
mm
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
7 . 571016
0 . 1
3
500
06 . 1978
3
2
0
,
=


The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
0 . 1 0876 . 0
7 . 571016
50000
,
s = =
N
N
V
V
Rd pl
Ed

The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 76 . 8 100
7 . 571016
50000
100
,
= =
N
N
V
V
Rd pl
Ed

Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of S275 steel
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:
N
MPa
mm
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
7 . 376870
0 . 1
3
275
67 . 2373
3
2
0
,
=


The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 1993-
1-1:
0 . 1 133 . 0
7 . 376870
50000
,
s = =
N
N
V
V
Rd pl
Ed

The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 27 . 13 100
7 . 376870
50000
100
,
= =
N
N
V
V
Rd pl
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
176
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material)
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load applied over its length
Work ratio Fz

Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of S275 steel)
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load applied over its length
Work ratio Fz

8.29.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 275 MPa) 13.27 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500 MPa) 8.76 %

8.29.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 275
MPa)
13.2671 % -0.0216 %
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500
MPa)
8.75631 % -0.0421 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
177
8.30 EC3 Test 41: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange
Test ID: 5753
Test status: Passed
8.30.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load and 2
punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.31 EC3 Test 40: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5744
Test status: Passed
8.31.1Description
The test verifies a CHS508x8H beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 30 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 7 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.32 EC3 Test 42: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up
beam considering the load applied on the upper flange
Test ID: 5752
Test status: Passed
8.32.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual negative bending moments applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
178
8.33 EC3 test 9: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up
column
Test ID: 5674
Test status: Passed
8.33.1Description
Verifies the cross-section classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column made of S355
steel. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.33.2Background
Classification and verification of a welded built-up column made of S355 steel. The column is fixed at its base and
free on the top. It is loaded by a compression force (100 000 N), applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
8.33.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
179
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 630 mm,
Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: t
f
= 18 mm,
Web thickness: t
w
= 8 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 22752 mm
2
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 355 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = F
Z
= -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
180
8.33.2.2 Cross-section classification
Before calculating the compression resistance, the cross-section class has to be determined.
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2:
67 . 13
18
2 / ) 8 500 (
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

81 . 0
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
34 . 11 14 67 . 13 = > = c
t
c

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
181
This means that the top column flange is Class 4. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.

The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1:
25 . 74
8
2 18 630
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

81 . 0
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
02 . 34 42 25 . 74 = > = c
t
c

This means that the column web is Class 4.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 4 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.
8.33.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying to both parts in
compression (flanges and web).
The following parameters have to be determined, for each part in compression, in order to calculate the reduction
factor: the buckling factor, the stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k
o
) and the stress ratio(+) - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flanges. The below picture presents an extract from this table.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
182

Taking into account that the stress distribution on flanges is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
43 . 0 0 . 1
1
2
= = =
o
o
o
k
The buckling factor (k
o
) and the stress ratio(+) - for web
Table 4.1 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
web. The below picture presents an extract from this table.

Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
0 . 4 0 . 1
1
2
= = =
o
o
o
k
The plate modified slenderness (
p
) for flanges
The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for flanges is:
( ) ( )
906 . 0
43 . 0 81 . 0 4 . 28
18 / 2 / 8 500
4 . 28
/
=

= =
mm mm mm
k
t c
p
o
c

The plate modified slenderness (p) for web
The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for web is:
( )
614 . 1
0 . 4 81 . 0 4 . 28
8 / 18 2 630
4 . 28
/
=


= =
mm mm mm
k
t b
p
o
c

The reduction factor () for flanges
The reduction factor for flanges is determined with relationship (4.3) from EN 1993-1-5. Because
p
> 0.748, the
reduction factor has the following formula:
0 . 1
188 . 0
2
s

=
p
p


The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
( )
mm
mm mm
c b
f eff
25 . 215
2
8 500
875 . 0
,
=

= =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
183
The reduction factor () for web
The reduction factor for web is determined with relationship (4.2) from EN 1993-1-5. Because
p
> 0.673, the
reduction factor has the following formula:
( )
0 . 1
3 055 . 0
2
s
+
=
p
p



The effective width of the web can now be calculated:
( ) mm mm mm b b
w eff
8 . 317 18 2 630 535 . 0
,
= = =
Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:
w eff w w f eff f eff f eff
b t t b b t A
, , ,
) ( 2 + + + =
Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2001 provides (6.11) formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:
N
MPa mm
f A
N
M
y eff
Rd c
6506582
0 . 1
355 4 . 18328
2
0
,
=


Work ratio
Work ratio = % 54 . 1 100
6506582
100000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd c

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
184
Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to compression axial force
Work ratio - Fx

8.33.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio [%] 1.53 %

8.33.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 1.5322 % 0.1435 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
185
8.34 EC3 Test 21: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column
Test ID: 5701
Test status: Passed
8.34.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H made of S355.
The tests are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.34.2Background
Buckling verification under compression efforts for an CHS219.1x6.3H column made of S355 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.34.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Tube wall thickness: t=6.3mm
Tube diameter: d=219.1mm
Cross section area: A=4210mm
2

Radius of gyration about the relevant axis: i=75.283mm
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=2366x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=2366x10
4
mm
4

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
186
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 355 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 3.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths L
fy
and L
fz
are both imposed with 6m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 3.0: F
Z
= N = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
187
8.34.2.2 Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (N
b,Rd
) from the
compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, N
b,Rd
, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
N
N
(6.46)
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

778 . 34
3 . 6
1 . 219
= =
mm
mm
t
d

814 . 0
355
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
381 . 46 814 . 0 50 80 778 . 34
2
= = s = c
t
d
therefore the section is considered to be Class 2
It will be used the following buckling curve corresponding to Table 6.2:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
188
The imperfection factor o corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
1
,
M
y
Rd b
f A
N

_
= (6.47)
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
1
*

= =
i
L
N
f A
cr
cr
y
y
(6.50)
41 . 76
355
210000
1
= = = t t
y
f
E

mm
mm
mm
A
I
i
y
283 . 75
4210
23860000
2
4
= = =
043 . 1
41 . 76 283 . 75
6000
1
=

=
mm
mm
i
L
cr
y


| | | | 132 . 1 043 . 1 ) 2 . 0 043 . 1 ( 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + =
y y y
o |

1 636 . 0
043 . 1 132 . 1 132 . 1
1
s =
+
=
y
_

A is the cross section area; A=4210mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=355N/mm
2
and
1 M
is a safety
coefficient, 1
1
=
M

The design buckling resistance of the compression member will be:
N
mm N mm
f A
N
M
y y
Rd b
8 . 950533
1
/ 355 4210 636 . 0
2 2
1
,
=

=

=

_

N N
Ed
100000 =
% 520 . 10 100
8 . 950533
100000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd b
Ed

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
189
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
4 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT
_




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
190
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
Column subjected to axial force
Adimensional - SNy


8.34.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.636
y
SN
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the
strong inertia of the profile
0.1052


8.34.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.635463
adim
0.0001 %
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
0.105293
adim
-0.0001 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
191
8.35 EC3 Test 26: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the bottom
Test ID: 5714
Test status: Passed
8.35.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 408mm height; 190mm width; 9.4mm center thickness; 14.6mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 1000kN axial compression force and a 200kNm bending moment after the Y axis. All the
efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.35.2Background
An I40.8*0.94+19*1.46 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 40.8x9.4mm web and 190x14.6mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -1000000 N, a 200000Nm bending moment after the Y axis and a 5000N lateral force after the Y
axis.

8.35.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-1000000N N; My=200000Nm
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
192
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=2000mm
Cross section area:
2
72 . 9108 mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 190 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
6 . 14 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
4 . 9 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
408 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
,
06 . 1261435 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
78 . 1428491 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
65 . 175962 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis, 69 . 271897
,
=
z pl
W
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=257332751mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=16716452.10

mm
4

Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=492581.13

mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=645759981974.33mm
6



Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
193
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=2.00m: F
Z
=-1000000N; Mx=200000Nm and Fy=5000N


8.35.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1 18 . 0
83 . 268
76 . 48
sup
inf
> =

= =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
194

=
=

=
=
+
+
= =
909 . 320
59 . 317
83 . 268 76 . 378
152 . 58
59 . 317
76 . 48 76 . 378
59 . 317
76 . 378
83 . 268 76 . 48 83 . 268 76 . 48
y
x
y x y x

5 . 0 153 . 0
76 . 378
152 . 58
76 . 378
s = = =
x
o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
195
924 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
56 . 63
) 18 . 0 ( 33 . 0 67 . 0
924 . 0 42
33 . 0 67 . 0
42
170
924 . 0
30 . 40
4 . 9
6 . 14 2 408
=
+

=
+

> =

=
=

=

c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c

therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 3
-for beam flange:
316 . 8 924 . 0 9 18 . 6
924 . 0
18 . 6
6 . 14
30 . 90
= s =

=
= =
t
c
t
c
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
8.35.2.3 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:



34 . 0 = o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
196
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:
y cr
y
y
N
f A
,
*
=
Cross section area:
2
72 . 9108 mm A =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=257332751mm
4

( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
05 . 133338 7 . 133338053
2000
257332751 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

137 . 0
7 . 133338053
/ 275 72 . 9108
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y
y
| | ( ) | | 499 . 0 137 . 0 2 . 0 137 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
1
1
022 . 1
137 . 0 499 . 0 499 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
197
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y
z
N
f A
,
*
=
m l
fz
00 . 2 =
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=16716452.10

mm
4
Cross section area:
2
72 . 9108 mm A =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
198
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
70 . 8661 38 . 8661700
2000
10 . 16716452 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

538 . 0
38 . 8661700
/ 275 72 . 9108
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z
| | ( ) | | 728 . 0 538 . 0 2 . 0 538 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
821 . 0
1
821 . 0
538 . 0 728 . 0 728 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_


8.35.2.4 Lateral torsional buckling verification
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
-in order to simplify the calculation, it will be considered 1
1
= C

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
199
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=257332751mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=16716452.10

mm
4
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm
2
.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=492581.13

mm
4
Warping inertial moment:
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; h=408mm
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
6 . 14 =
( )
6 11
2 4
10 46774 . 6
4
6 . 14 408 0mm 16716452.1
mm
mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column: L=2000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm
2
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
089 . 1802 1802088994
052 . 208 384 . 8661700 1
10 . 16716452 / 210000
13 . 492581 / 80800 2000
10 . 16716452
10 46774 . 6
2000
10 . 16716452 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

The elastic modulus :
3
4
max
,
172 . 1261434
204
257332751
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
439 . 0
1802088994
/ 275 172 . 1261434
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
200
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 147 . 2
190
408
> = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

76 . 0 = o
( ) | | ( ) | | 687 . 0 439 . 0 2 . 0 439 . 0 76 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 813 . 0
439 . 0 687 . 0 687 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
8.35.2.5 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will
be calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
201
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


022 . 1 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
1000 =
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
05 . 133338 7 . 133338053

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
1
7 . 133338053
1000000
1 1
7 . 133338053
1000000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_


The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
202
Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y eff
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
4
max
,
172 . 1261434
204
257332751
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
The calculation the
0 cr
M will be calculated using 1
1
= C and 0
2
= C , therefore:
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
089 . 1802 1802088994
052 . 208 384 . 8661700 1
10 . 16716452 / 210000
13 . 492581 / 80800 2000
10 . 16716452
10 46774 . 6
2000
10 . 16716452 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

439 . 0
1802088994
/ 275 172 . 1261434
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff


Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

1
,
2
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
i
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
0301 . 0
2
0
2
0
2 2 2
0
= + + + = z y i i i
z y

Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=492581.13

mm
4
Working inertial moment: I
w
=645759981974.33mm
6
- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
00 . 2
,
=

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
13
6 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
10 244 . 1
2000
33 . 74 6457599819 / 210000
13 . 492581 / 80800
0301 . 0
1
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t
N N
Ed
1000000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
13
, ,
10 244 . 1 = =
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
38 . 8661700
2000
10 . 16716452 / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t t
(previously calculated)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
203
C
1
=1 for the top part of the column

For the top part of the column:
172 . 0
10 244 . 1
1000000
1
38 . 8661700
1000000
1 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 4
13
4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|


|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
172 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 469 . 0
172 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
469 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
06 . 1261435 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
444 . 1
06 . 1261435
72 . 9108
1000000
10 200
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y

1 998 . 0
257332751
492581.13
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
204
The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:


The bending moment has the same value on both ends of the column: 1 =
( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
Where:
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
7 . 133338053
2000
257332751 / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t
t
(previously calculated)
N N
Ed
1000000 =
( ) 002 . 1
7 . 133338053
1000000
33 . 0 1 36 . 0 1 21 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 001 . 1
1 444 . 1 1
1 444 . 1
002 . 1 1 002 . 1
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation

065 . 1
1
065 . 1
10 244 . 1
1000000
1
38 . 8661700
1000000
1
1
001 . 1
1 1
13
2
, ,
2
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|


|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C
Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
074 . 1
7 . 133338053
1000000
1
1
065 . 1 001 . 1
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
205
8.35.2.6 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
N
N
C k
,
1
=



mz
C term must be calculated for the hole column length
|
|
.
|

\
|
= = = 1
200
200
,sup
,inf
kNm
kNm
M
M
Ed
Ed

( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
70 . 8661 38 . 8661700
2000
10 . 16716452 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

( ) ( ) 776 . 0
38 . 8661700
1000000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

878 . 0
38 . 8661700
1000000
1
1
776 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz



8.35.2.7 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation

y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


799 . 0
38 . 8661700
1000000
821 . 0 1
38 . 8661700
1000000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


821 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)

050 . 1
7 . 133338053
1000000
1
977 . 0
065 . 1 001 . 1
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy


8.35.2.8 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation

857 . 0
38 . 8661700
1000000
1
977 . 0
776 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
206
8.35.2.9 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_

i y Rk
A f N =


41 . 1 18 . 0 74 . 0 49 . 0
1
/ 275 5 . 175962
10 10
857 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 1261435
813 . 0
10 200
050 . 1
1
/ 275 72 . 9108
821 . 0
1000000
34 . 1 18 . 0 76 . 0 40 . 0
1
/ 275 5 . 175962
10 10
878 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 1261435
813 . 0
10 200
074 . 1
1
/ 275 72 . 9108
1
1000000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
5 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
207
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
208
Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
209

Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k



Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
210
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
211
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
212
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
213
8.35.2.10 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
1
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.821
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
1.074
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
0.878
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
1.050
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.857
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
0.40
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
0.76
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
0.18
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
0.49
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
0.74
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
0.18




8.35.3Calculated results


Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 1 adim 0.0000 %
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.821634 adim -0.0001 %
Kyy Internal factor kyy 1.11767 adim -0.0003 %
Kyz Internal factor kyz 0.877605 adim -0.0000 %
Kzy Internal factor kzy 1.09224 adim -0.0001 %
Kzz Internal factor kzz 0.857639 adim -0.0001 %
#SNy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the compression effort over the Y axis
0.399218 adim -0.0000 %
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
0.783306 adim -0.0000 %
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
0.181362 adim -0.0001 %
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the compression effort over the z axis
0.485883 adim 0.0000 %
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
0.765485 adim 0.0000 %
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
0.177236 adim -0.0002 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
214
8.36 EC3 Test 27: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported with a
displacement restraint
Test ID: 5717
Test status: Passed
8.36.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section beam. The beam is hinged at one end and the translations over the Y
and Z axis and rotation after the X axis are blocked.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 530mm height; 190mm width; 12mm center thickness; 19mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The beam is subjected to 10 kN/m linear force applied vertically, 5 kN/m linear force applied horizontally and 3700 kN
punctual force applied on the end of the beam.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.36.2Background
An I53*1.2+22*1.9 beam column subjected to axial compression, uniform distributed vertical force and uniform
distributed horizontal force, made from S235 steel. The beam has a 53x12mm web and 220x19mm flanges. The
beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to an axial compression load 3700000 N, 10000 N/m uniform
distributed load over the Z axis and 5000 N/m horizontal uniform distributed force after the Y axis.

8.36.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx=-3700000N; Fy=-5000N/m; Fz=-10000N/m
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
215
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5000mm
Cross section area:
2
14264mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 220 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
19 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
12 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
530 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
,
11 . 2509773 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
00 . 2862172 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
41 . 307177 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
00 . 477512 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
67 . 665089874 mm I
y
=

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:


4
67 . 33789514 mm I
z
=

Torsional moment of inertia:


4
73 . 1269555 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:


6
67 . 666 2201162989 mm I
w
=


Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
216
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (x = 5) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (x=2.50).
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load from X=f.00m and z=.00m: F
x
=-3700000N;
External: vertical uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fz=-10000N/m
External: horizontal uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fy=-5000N/m
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
217


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
218
8.36.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1
94 . 246
94 . 246
sup
inf
= = =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
219


1
235
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
220
42 42 41 38 38
1
41
12
19 2 530
= s = < =

=
=

=
c c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c
therefore the beam web is
considered to be Class 3
-for beam flange:
9 1 9 57 . 4
1
47 . 5
19
2
12 220
= s =

=
=

=
t
c
t
c
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.
8.36.2.3 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


34 . 0 = o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
221
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 3 cross-sections:
y cr
y
y
N
f A
,
*
=
Cross section area:
2
14264mm A =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
67 . 665089874 mm I
y
=
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
06 . 55139 21 . 55139061
5000
67 665089874. / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

247 . 0
21 . 55139061
/ 235 14264
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y
y
| | ( ) | | 538 . 0 247 . 0 2 . 0 247 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
984 . 0
1
984 . 0
247 . 0 538 . 0 538 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
222
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y
z
N
f A
,
*
=
m l
fz
50 . 2 =
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
67 . 33789514 mm I
z
=

Cross section area:
2
14264mm A =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
223

( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
235 . 11205 19 . 11205235
2500
67 . 33789514 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

547 . 0
19 . 11205235
/ 235 14264
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z
| | ( ) | | 735 . 0 547 . 0 2 . 0 547 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
816 . 0
1
819 . 0
547 . 0 735 . 0 735 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_

8.36.2.4 Lateral torsional buckling verification
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-it must be studied separately for each beam segment
-however, the two sections are symmetrical, the same result will be obtained

is the isotactic moment report (for simply supported bar) due to Q load ant the maxim moment value

( )
25 . 0
10 25 . 31 8
2500 / 10000
8

3
=


=

=
Nm
mm m N
M
L q



-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
224
0 = therefore:

31 . 1
1
= C
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
67 . 665089874 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
67 . 33789514 mm I
z
=
Longitudinal elastic modulus:
2
/ 210000 mm N E =
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
73 . 1269555 mm I
t
=
Working inertial moment:
6
67 . 666 2201162989 mm I
w
=

Shear modulus of rigidity:
2
/ 80800 mm N G =
Buckling length of the beam mm L 2500 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
,
11 . 2509773 mm W
y el
=
( )
( )
Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
4001163141
58 . 272 19 . 11205235 31 . 1
67 . 33789514 / 210000
73 . 1269555 / 80800 2500
67 . 33789514
10 01163 . 22
2500
67 . 33789514 / 210000
31 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
=
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
225
384 . 0
4001163141
/ 235 11 . 2509773
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined below:
Note:
3
6
10 81 . 7
4001163141
10 25 . 31

=

=
Nmm
M
M
cr
Ed

0156 . 0 00781 . 0
0156 . 0 125 . 0
530
220
3 . 0 3 . 0
04 . 0 10 81 . 7
20 . 0 384 . 0
2
0 ,
2
0 , 0 ,
2
0 ,
3
= s =

= = = =
s

s =
> =

LT
cr
Ed
LT LT
LT
cr
Ed
cr
Ed
LT
M
M
h
b
M
M
M
M


According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3; Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)
For slendernesses
2
0 , LT
cr
Ed
M
M
s (see 6.3.2.3) lateral torsional buckling effects may be ignored and only cross sectional checks
apply.
-therefore:
1 =
LT
_
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN (2005); Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)
8.36.2.5 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be calculated
separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
226
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


984 . 0 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
3700 =
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
21 . 55139061
5000
67 665089874. / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t
t
(previously
calculated)
999 . 0
21 . 55130961
3700000
984 . 0 1
21 . 55130961
3700000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_


- Cmy coefficient takes into account the behavior in the plane of bending (buckling in the plan and distribution of the
bending moment).
- Must be calculated considering the beam along its length.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
227
The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y eff
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
4
max
,
11 . 2509773
265
67 . 665089874
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
The calculation the
0 cr
M will be calculated using 1
1
= C and 0
2
= C , therefore:
( )
( )
Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
3054323008
58 . 272 19 . 11205235 1
67 . 33789514 / 210000
73 . 1269555 / 80800 2500
67 . 33789514
10 01163 . 22
2500
67 . 33789514 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1 0 ,
=
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

439 . 0
3054323008
/ 235 11 . 2509773
2 3
0 ,
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
228
Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

1
,
2
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
i
N
t

0491 . 0
2
0
2
0
2 2 2
0
= + + + = z y i i i
z y

Torsional moment of inertia:
4
73 . 1269555 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
67 . 666 2201162989 mm I
w
=

- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
50 . 2
,
=

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
13
6 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
10 696 . 1
2500
67 . 666 2201162989 / 210000
73 . 1269555 / 80800
0491 . 0
1
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t
N N
Ed
3700000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
13
, ,
10 696 . 1 = =
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
19 . 11205235
2500
67 . 33789514 / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t t
(previously calculated)
C
1
=1
181 . 0
10 696 . 1
3700000
1
19 . 11205235
3700000
1 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
4
13
4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|


|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


Therefore:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
181 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 439 . 0
181 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
439 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
229
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
11 . 2509773 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
048 . 0
11 . 2509773
14264
3700000
10 25 . 31
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y


998 . 0
67 . 665089874
73 . 1269555
1 1
4
4
= = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT

The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:


y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
03 . 0 1 + =
Where:
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
21 . 55139061
5000
67 665089874. / 210000

4 2
,
=

=

=
t
t
(previously calculated)
N N
Ed
3700000 =
002 . 1
21 . 55139061
3700000
03 . 0 1
0 ,
= + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 002 . 1
1 0048 1
1 048 . 0
002 . 1 1 002 . 1
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C



Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation
- It must be calculated for each of the two sections.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
230
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
, ,
2
1 1

It must again calculate the coefficient Cmy, but only for the left section.



m
z
0001396 . 0 = o
( )
999 . 0
21 . 55139061
3700000
1
10 25 . 31 2500
0001396 . 0 67 665089874. / 210000
1
1 1
6 2
4 2 2
, ,
2
2
0 ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|



+ =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|


+ =
N
N
Nmm mm
mm mm N
N
N
M L
I E
C
y cr
Ed
Ed y
y
my
t
o t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
231
( ) ( ) 999 . 0
998 . 0 219 . 0 1
998 . 0 219 . 0
999 . 0 1 999 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
c
c

377 . 1
10 696 . 1
3700000
1
19 . 11205235
3700000
1
998 . 0
999 . 0
1 1
13
, ,
2
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT

Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
476 . 1
21 . 55130961
3700000
1
1
377 . 1 002 . 1
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


8.36.2.6 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
N
N
C k
,
1
=


C
mz
coefficient must be calculated considering the beam along its length

010 . 1
19 . 11205235
3700000
03 . 0 1 03 . 0 1
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

506 . 1
19 . 11205235
3700000
1
1
776 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
232
8.36.2.7 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation

y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


917 . 0
19 . 11205235
3700000
816 . 0 1
19 . 11205235
3700000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


816 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)

355 . 1
21 . 55130961
3700000
1
917 . 0
377 . 1 002 . 1
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy


8.36.2.8 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation

383 . 1
19 . 11205235
3700000
1
917 . 0
776 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz



8.36.2.9 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_

i y Rk
A f N =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
233
72 . 1 30 . 0 07 . 0 35 . 1
1
/ 235 41 . 307177
10 62 . 15
383 . 1
1
/ 235 11 . 2509773
1
10 25 . 31
355 . 1
1
/ 235 14264
816 . 0
3700000
53 . 0 33 . 0 08 . 0 12 . 0
1
/ 235 41 . 307177
10 62 . 15
506 . 1
1
/ 235 11 . 2509773
1
10 25 . 31
476 . 1
1
/ 235 14264
984 . 0
3700000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
234
Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k



Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
235
Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k



Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over
the Y axis

SMyy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
236
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Y axis

SMyz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
237
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz


8.36.2.10 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.98
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.82
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
1.47
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
1.51
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
1.35
zz
k Internal factor,
zz
k
1.38
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
1.12
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
0.08
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
0.33
SNz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
1.35
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
0.07
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
0.30


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
238
8.36.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.983441 adim 0.0000 %
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.816369 adim -0.0000 %
Kyy Internal factor, kyy 1.47276 adim -0.0003 %
Kyz Internal factor, kyz 1.50599 adim -0.0003 %
Kzy Internal factor, kzy 1.35211 adim -0.0003 %
Kzz Internal factor, kzz 1.38261 adim 0.0002 %
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the compression effort over the Y
1.12239 adim 0.0001 %
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
0.078033 adim -0.0000 %
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
0.325974 adim 0.0001 %
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the compression effort over the z axis
1.35209 adim 0.0001 %
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
0.0716405 adim -0.0001 %
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
0.29927 adim 0.0001 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
239
8.37 EC3 Test 25: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and with a
displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom
Test ID: 5712
Test status: Passed
8.37.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to a -328kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has a restraint of displacement at 2.81m from the bottom over the weak axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.37.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and at his top the end is translation is
permitted only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is
subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and a1274000Nm
bending moment after the Y axis.
The column has lateral restraints against torsional buckling placed in at 2.81m from the column end (in the middle)

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
240
8.37.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N, Mx= 127400Nm; My=1274000Nm
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Cross section area:
2
10850mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 220 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
15 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
5 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
880 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 66 . 3387 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
10 62 . 3757 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 08 . 242 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 31 . 368 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=149058.04x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=2662.89x10
4
mm
4

Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.46x10
4
mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=4979437.37x10
6
mm
6


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
241
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (z=2.81).
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: F
Z
=--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
242
8.37.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1 873 . 0
30 . 406
84 . 354
sup
inf
> =

= =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
243

=
=

=
=
+
+
= =
27 . 396
14 . 761
84 . 354 850
73 . 453
14 . 761
3 . 406 850
14 . 761
850
84 . 354 3 . 406 84 . 354 3 . 406
y
x
y x y x

5 . 0 5338 . 0
850
73 . 453
850
> = = =
x
o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
244
924 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
61 . 101
) 873 . 0 ( 33 . 0 67 . 0
924 . 0 42
33 . 0 67 . 0
42
170
924
170
5
15 2 880
=
+

=
+

> =

=
=

=

c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c

therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
-for beam flange:
316 . 8 924 . 0 9 61 . 7
924
61 . 7
15
5 . 107
= s =

=
= =
t
c
t
c
c
therefore the haunch is considered to
be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4
8.37.2.3 Effective cross-sections of Class4 cross-sections
-the section is composed from Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges, therefore will start the web
calculation:
-in order to simplify the calculations the web will be considered compressed only
170
5
15 2 880
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c
:
4 1 = =
o
k
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
o
c

k
t
b
w
p

=
4 . 28

w
b is the width of the web; mm b
w
850 =
t is the web thickness; t=5mm
9244 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
261 . 3
4 9244 . 0 4 . 28
5
850
=

=
mm
mm
p

-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
( )
286 . 0
261 . 3
4 055 . 0 261 . 3
3 055 . 0
0 4 3
673 . 0 261 . 3
2 2
=

=
+
=

> = +
> =
p
p p

= =
= =
= =

=
=
=
mm mm b
mm mm b
mm mm b
b b
b b
b b
e
e
eff
eff e
eff e
w eff
55 . 121 1 . 243 5 . 0
55 . 121 1 . 243 5 . 0
1 . 243 850 286 . 0
5 . 0
5 . 0
2
1
2
1


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
245
2
2 1 ,
5 . 1215 55 . 121 5 55 . 121 5 mm mm mm mm mm b t b t A
e w e w web eff
= + = + =
2
,
3300 220 15 mm mm mm b t A
f f flange eff
= = =
2 2 2
, ,
2 . 7815 3300 2 5 . 1215 2 mm mm mm A A A
flange eff web eff eff
= + = + =
8.37.2.4 Effective elastic section modulus of Class4 cross-sections
-In order to simplify the calculation the section will be considered in pure bending
mm
mm
b b
t c
425
2
850
1
sup
inf
= = = = =
o
o

9 . 23 1 = =
o
k
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
170
5
15 2 880
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

o
c

k
t
b
w
p

=
4 . 28

w
b is the width of the web; mm b
w
850 =
t is the web thickness; t=5mm
9244 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
325 . 1
9 . 23 9244 . 0 4 . 28
5
850
=

=
mm
mm
p

-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
( )
692 . 0
325 . 1
2 055 . 0 325 . 1
3 055 . 0
0 2 3
673 . 0 325 . 1
2 2
=

=
+
=

> = +
> =
p
p p


( )

= =
= =
=

=

=
=

= =
mm mm b
mm mm b
mm
mm
b
b b
b b
b
b b
e
e
eff
eff e
eff e
w
c eff
46 . 176 1 . 294 6 . 0
64 . 117 1 . 294 4 . 0
1 . 294
1 1
850
692 . 0
6 . 0
4 . 0
1
2
1
2
1










ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
246

-the weight center coordinate is:
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
mm
y
G
53 . 15
5 . 10195
095 . 158330
15 220 5 46 . 601 5 64 . 117 15 220
27 . 124 5 46 . 601 5 . 432 15 220 18 . 366 5 64 . 117 5 . 432 15 220
=

=
=
+ + +
+
=

-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
1448234429 5 . 699380072 6 . 748854356
97 . 416 15 220
12
220 15
74 . 107 5 46 . 601
12
5 46 . 601
71 . 381 5 64 . 117
12
5 64 . 117
03 . 448 15 220
12
220 15
mm
I
y
= + =
= +

+ +

+
+ +

+ +

=

4 2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
63 . 26627490 0 15 220
12
15 220
0 5 46 . 601
12
46 . 601 5
0 5 64 . 117
12
64 . 117 5
0 15 220
12
15 220
mm
I
z
= +

+ +

+
+ +

+ +

=

3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
3
4
max
,
10 . 242068
110
63 . 26627490
mm
mm
mm
y
I
W
z
z el
= = =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
247
8.37.2.5 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


34 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:
y cr
y eff
y
N
f A
,
*
=
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
248
Where: A is the effective cross section area;
2
2 . 7815 mm A
eff
= ; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material;
f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371
5620
1448234429 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

15 . 0
44 . 95035371
/ 275 2 . 7815
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y eff
y
| | ( ) | | 503 . 0 15 . 0 2 . 0 15 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
1
1
017 . 1
15 . 0 503 . 0 503 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

>
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
249
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y eff
z
N
f A
,
*
=
Where: A is the effective cross section area;
2
2 . 7815 mm A
eff
= ; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material;
f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
m l
fz
81 . 2 = because of the torsional buckling restraint from the middle of the column
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
35 . 6989 62 . 6989347
2810
63 . 26627490 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

555 . 0
62 . 6989347
/ 275 2 . 7815
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y eff
z
| | ( ) | | 741 . 0 555 . 0 2 . 0 555 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
812 . 0
1
812 . 0
555 . 0 741 . 0 741 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_


8.37.2.6 Lateral torsional buckling verification
a) for the top part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 50 . 0
1274
637
= =
kNm
kNm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
250

31 . 1 5 . 0
1274
637
1
= = = C
kNm
kNm

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
1448234429mm I
y
=

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
63 . 26627490 mm I
z
=

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm
2
.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=514614.75mm
4
Warping inertial moment:
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; h=880mm
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
15 =
( )
6 11
2 4
10 808 . 49
4
15 880 mm 3 26627490.6
mm
mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column part: L=2810mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm
2
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
43 . 4022 4022433856
32 . 439 626 . 6989347 31 . 1
63 . 26627490 / 210000
514614 / 80800 2810
63 . 26627490
10 808 . 49
2810
63 . 26627490 / 210000
31 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
251
The elastic modulus :
3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
466 . 0
4022433856
/ 275 533 . 3179229
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 4
220
880
> = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

76 . 0 = o
( ) | | ( ) | | 710 . 0 466 . 0 2 . 0 466 . 0 76 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 803 . 0
466 . 0 710 . 0 710 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
b) for the bottom part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
252
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
637
0
= =
kNm


77 . 1 0
1
= = C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
1448234429mm I
y
=

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
63 . 26627490 mm I
z
=

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm
2
.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=514614.75mm
4
Warping inertial moment:
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; h=880mm
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
15 =
( )
6 11
2 4
10 808 . 49
4
15 880 mm 3 26627490.6
mm
mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column part: L=2810mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm
2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
253
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
89 . 5434 5434891269
32 . 439 626 . 6989347 77 . 1
63 . 26627490 / 210000
514614 / 80800 2810
63 . 26627490
10 808 . 49
2810
63 . 26627490 / 210000
77 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

The elastic modulus :
3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
401 . 0
5434891269
/ 275 533 . 3179229
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 4
220
880
> = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

76 . 0 = o
( ) | | ( ) | | 657 . 0 401 . 0 2 . 0 401 . 0 76 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 849 . 0
401 . 0 657 . 0 657 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
254
8.37.2.7 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

a) for the top part of the column:


y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


1 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
328 =
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
1
44 . 95035371
328000
1 1
44 . 95035371
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
255
The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y eff
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
The calculation the
0 cr
M will be calculated using 1
1
= C and 0
2
= C , therefore:
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
56 . 3070 3070560199
32 . 439 626 . 6989347 1
63 . 26627490 / 210000
514614 / 80800 2810
63 . 26627490
10 808 . 49
2810
63 . 26627490 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1 0
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

534 . 0
3070560199
/ 275 533 . 3179229
2 3
0
,
0 =

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
256
Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

,
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
I
A
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
2
0 g z y
z A I I I + + =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
67 . 1490580416 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
17 . 26628854 mm I
z
=
Cross section area:
2
10850mm A =
Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: 0 =
g
z
4 4 4 2
0
1517209270 17 . 26628854 67 . 1490580416 mm mm mm I I z A I I I
z y g z y
= + = + = + + =
- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
81 . 2
,
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
75 . 514614 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6 11
10 808 . 49 mm I
w
= (previously calculated)

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
24 . 9646886
2810
10 808 . 49 / 210000
75 . 514614 / 80800
1517209270
10850
6 11 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t
N N
Ed
328000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
24 . 9646886
, ,
= =
kN N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
35 . 6989 62 . 6989347

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
C
1
=1.31 for the top part of the column
C
1
=1.77 for the bottom part of the column
For the top part of the column:
224 . 0
24 . 9646886
328000
1
62 . 6989347
328000
1 31 . 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 4 4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
257


Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
224 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 534 . 0
224 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
534 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
533 . 3179229 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
55 . 9
533 . 3179229
2 . 7815
328000
10 1274
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y


1 9996 . 0
1448234429
75 . 514614
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT

The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:


The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
258
Where:
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
( ) 79 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
33 . 0 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 949 . 0
1 55 . 9 1
1 55 . 9
79 . 0 1 79 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation
-
mLT
C must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
-the
my
C term used for
mLT
C calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
-this being the case, the
my
C will be calculated using 5 . 0 = :
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

+
+ =
1
1
0 , 0 ,

( ) ( ) 895 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
33 . 0 5 . 0 36 . 0 5 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + + = + + =
N
N
N
N
C
y cr
Ed
my

55 . 9
533 . 3179229
2 . 7815
328000
10 1274
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
(previously calculated)


( ) ( ) 974 . 0
1 55 . 9 1
1 55 . 9
895 . 0 1 895 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


1
1
989 . 0
644 . 9
328 . 0
1
9897 . 6
328 . 0
1
1
974 . 0
1 1
2
, ,
2
=

s
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
a
C C


Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
952 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
1
1
1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
259
b) for the bottom part of the column:
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=




534 . 0
3070560199
/ 275 533 . 3179229
2 3
0
,
0 =

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff

For the botom part of the column:
260 . 0
24 . 9646886
328000
1
62 . 6989347
328000
1 77 . 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 4 4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
260
Therefore:
For the bottom part of the column:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
260 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 534 . 0
260 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
534 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
533 . 3179229 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
55 . 9
533 . 3179229
2 . 7815
328000
10 1274
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y


1 9996 . 0
1448234429
75 . 514614
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT


The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0
1274
0
,sup
,inf
= = =
kNm M
M
Ed
Ed

( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
261
Where:
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
( ) 79 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
33 . 0 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 949 . 0
1 55 . 9 1
1 55 . 9
79 . 0 1 79 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation
-
mLT
C must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
-the
my
C term used for
mLT
C calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
-this being the case, the
my
C will be calculated using 5 . 0 = :
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

+
+ =
1
1
0 , 0 ,

( ) ( ) 895 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
33 . 0 5 . 0 36 . 0 5 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + + = + + =
N
N
N
N
C
y cr
Ed
my

77 . 4
533 . 3179229
2 . 7815
328000
10 637
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y



( ) ( ) 967 . 0
1 77 . 4 1
1 77 . 4
895 . 0 1 895 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


1
1
974 . 0
24 . 9646886
328000
1
62 . 6989347
328000
1
1
967 . 0
1 1
2
, ,
2
=

s
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C

952 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
1
1
1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
262
8.37.2.8 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation
a) for the top part of the column:
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
N
N
C k
,
1
=


The

mz
C term must be calculated for the hole column length
|
|
.
|

\
|
= = = 0
1274
0
,sup
,inf
kNm M
M
Ed
Ed

( ) ( ) 784 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

823 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
1
1
784 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz



b) for the bottom part of the column:
823 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
1
1
784 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz


Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
8.37.2.9 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation
a) for the top part of the column:

y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


991 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
812 . 0 1
62 . 6989347
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


944 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
1
991 . 0
1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy





ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
263
b) for the bottom part of the column:

944 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
1
991 . 0
1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy


Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
8.37.2.10 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation
a) for the top part of the column:

815 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
1
991 . 0
784 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz



b) for the bottom part of the column:
815 . 0
62 . 6989347
328000
1
991 . 0
784 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz


Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
8.37.2.11 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_


i y Rk
A f N =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
264
a) for the top part of the column:
56 . 3 56 . 1 71 . 1 19 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
815 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
803 . 0
10 1274
944 . 0
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
812 . 0
328000
46 . 3 58 . 1 73 . 1 15 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
823 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
803 . 0
10 1274
952 . 0
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
1
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N


b) for the bottom part of the column:
56 . 3 56 . 1 71 . 1 19 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
815 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
803 . 0
10 1274
944 . 0
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
812 . 0
328000
46 . 3 58 . 1 73 . 1 19 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
823 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
803 . 0
10 1274
952 . 0
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
812 . 0
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
265
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
266
Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
267


Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k



Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
268

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy



Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyy

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
269

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
270
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
271
8.37.2.12 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
1
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.81
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
0.95
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
0.82
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.94
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.82
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
0.15
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
1.72
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
1.58
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
0.19
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
1.71
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
1.56


8.37.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 1 adim 0.0000 %
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.811841
adim
0.0000 %
Kyy Internal factor, kyy 0.950358
adim
0.0000 %
Kyz Internal factor, kyz 0.823048
adim
-0.0000 %
Kzy Internal factor, kzy 0.941635
adim
-0.0000 %
Kzz Internal factor, kzz 0.815493
adim
-0.0000 %
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the compression effort over the Y axis
0.152455
adim
-0.0001 %
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
1.72357 adim 0.0000 %
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
1.57508 adim -0.0002 %
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the compression effort over the z axis
0.187789
adim
0.0001 %
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
1.70775 adim -0.0000 %
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending
of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
1.70775 adim -0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
272
8.38 EC3 Test 29: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base and restrained
on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation
Test ID: 5729
Test status: Passed
8.38.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The column is an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm web thickness; 10.7mm flange
thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force and 50kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 10kNm
bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied to the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.38.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed for all translations and free for all rotations, at
its base, and on the top end, the translations over the X and Y axes and the rotation over the Z axis are not
permitted. In the middle of the column there is a restraint over the Y axis, therefore the bucking length for the XY
plane is equal to half of the column length. The column is subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a
10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after the Y axis

8.38.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N; My=50000Nm; Mx=10000Nm;
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
273
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 150 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
70 . 10 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
10 . 7 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
260 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
,
63 . 445717 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
18 . 501177 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
89 . 80344 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3
,
96 . 123381 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=
Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Restraint of translation over the Y axis at half (z=2.81)
Support at start point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
274
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: F
Z
=-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm


8.38.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1 253 . 0
06 . 179
30 . 45
sup
inf
> =

= =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
275

=
=

=
=
+
+
= =
73 . 190
36 . 224
06 . 179 6 . 238
175 . 48
36 . 224
3 . 45 6 . 238
36 . 224
6 . 238
06 . 179 30 . 45 06 . 179 30 . 45
y
x
y x y x

5 . 0 80 . 0
6 . 238
73 . 190
6 . 238
> = = =
x
o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
276
924 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
93 . 38
1 8 . 0 13
924 . 0 396
1 13
396
6 . 33
924 . 0
61 . 33
1 . 7
7 . 10 2 260
=

=


s =

=
=

=
o
c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c
therefore the beam
web is considered to be Class 1
-for beam flange:
316 . 8 924 . 0 9 68 . 6
924 . 0
68 . 6
7 . 10
2
1 . 7 150
= s =

=
=

=
t
c
t
c
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.
8.38.2.3 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
277
34 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1 cross-sections:
y cr
y
y
N
f A
,
*
=
Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327
5620
64 . 57943291 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

5956 . 0
95 . 3802327
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y
y
| | ( ) | | 7446 . 0 5956 . 0 2 . 0 5956 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
839 . 0
1
839 . 0
5956 . 0 7446 . 0 7446 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
278
b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y
z
N
f A
,
*
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=

Cross section area:
2
06 . 4904 mm A =

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
279
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
71 . 31581 51 . 1581706
2810
46 . 6025866 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

923 . 0
51 . 1581706
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z
| | ( ) | | 103 . 1 923 . 0 2 . 0 923 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
586 . 0
1
586 . 0
923 . 0 103 . 1 103 . 1
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_

8.38.2.4 Lateral torsional buckling verification
a) for the top part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
31 . 1 5 . 0
25
25
1
,
,
= = = = C
kN
kN
M
M
top y
botom y


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
280

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; mm h 260 =
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
7 . 10 =
( )
6
2 4
0 9362763829
4
7 . 10 260 46 . 6025866
mm
mm mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column: L=2810mm
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
36 . 315 74 . 315363380
20 . 152 51 . 1581706 31 . 1
46 . 6025866 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800 2810
46 . 6025866
0 9362763829
2810
46 . 6025866 / 210000
31 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

661 . 0
74 . 315363380
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
281
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 733 . 1
150
260
s = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

49 . 0 =
LT
o

( ) | | ( ) | | 831 . 0 661 . 0 2 . 0 661 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 749 . 0
661 . 0 831 . 0 831 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_

b) for the bottom part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, M
cr
:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
282
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
637
0
= =
kNm


77 . 1 0
1
= = C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
64 . 57943291 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
46 . 6025866 mm I
z
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; mm h 260 =
f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
7 . 10 =
( )
6
2 4
0 9362763829
4
7 . 10 260 46 . 6025866
mm
mm mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column: L=2810mm

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
283
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
10 . 426 6 . 426102243
20 . 152 51 . 1581706 77 . 1
46 . 6025866 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800 2810
46 . 6025866
0 9362763829
2810
46 . 6025866 / 210000
77 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t


569 . 0
6 . 426102243
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 733 . 1
150
260
s = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

49 . 0 =
LT
o

( ) | | ( ) | | 752 . 0 569 . 0 2 . 0 569 . 0 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 804 . 0
569 . 0 752 . 0 752 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
284
8.38.2.5 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be calculated
separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:


yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
C
N
N
C C k
1 `
1
,

=


y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


839 . 0 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
328 =
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
985 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
839 . 0 1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
285
The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y pl
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3
18 . 501177 mm W
y
=
The calculation the
0 cr
M will be calculated using 1
1
= C and 0
2
= C , therefore:
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
73 . 240 8 . 240735730
20 . 152 51 . 1581706 1
46 . 6025866 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800 2810
46 . 6025866
88 . 1 9351706542
2810
46 . 6025866 / 210000
1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

757 . 0
8 . 240735730
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
286
Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

1
,
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
I
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
4 4 4 2
0
1 . 63969158 46 . 6025866 64 . 57943291 mm mm mm I I z A I I I
z y g z y
= + = + = + + =
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
97 . 149294 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6
88 . 1 9351706542 mm I
w
=

- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
81 . 2
,
=

( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
63 . 2806 68 . 2806625
2810
88 . 1 9351706542 / 210000
97 . 149294 / 80800
1 . 63969158
06 . 4904
6 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
= =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t

N N
Ed
328000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
68 . 2806625
, ,
= =
kN N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
71 . 31581 51 . 1581706

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
C
1
=1 for the top part of the column
For the top part of the column:
183 . 0
68 . 2806625
328000
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
4 4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
287
Therefore:
For the top part of the column:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
183 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 757 . 0
183 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
757 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c


The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
63 . 445717 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
677 . 1
63 . 445717
06 . 4904
328000
10 50
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y

1 997 . 0
64 . 57943291
97 . 149294
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT

The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
288
The bending moment in null at one end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( )
y cr
Ed
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
N
N
C
, ,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 = + + =
Where:
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
N N
Ed
328000 =
780 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 904 . 0
1 677 . 1 1
1 677 . 1
780 . 0 1 780 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation
Equivalent uniform moment factor,
mLT
C , calculation
-
mLT
C must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint
1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
-the
my
C term used for
mLT
C calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)
-this being the case, the
my
C will be calculated using 5 . 0 = :
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

+
+ =
1
1
0 , 0 ,

( ) ( ) 900 . 0
95 . 3802327
238000
33 . 0 5 . 0 36 . 0 5 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + + = + + =
N
N
N
N
C
y cr
Ed
my

677 . 1
63 . 445717
06 . 4904
328000
10 50
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
(previously calculated)

( ) ( ) 956 . 0
1 677 . 1 1
1 677 . 1
900 . 0 1 900 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
289
089 . 1
1
089 . 1
68 . 2806625
328000
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
997 . 0
956 . 0
1 1
2
, ,
2
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C

The
yy
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:

y pl
y el
LT pl my
y
my
y
y yy
W
W
b n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
2
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =


Rd z pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
M
M
M
M
a b
, ,
,
, ,
,
2
0 5 . 0

=

_

-the
LT
b must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending of 0

and
LT
_ :
757 . 0 661 . 0 31 . 1
1
0 = = =

LT C (for the top part of the column)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
290
041 . 0
/ 275 96 . 123381
10000000
/ 275 18 . 501177 749 . 0
50000000
757 . 0 997 . 0 5 . 0
5 . 0 5 . 0
2 3 2 3
2
,
,
,
,
2
0
, ,
,
, ,
,
2
0
=
=

=

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
f W
M
f W
M
a
M
M
M
M
a b
y z pl
Ed z
y y pl LT
Ed y
LT
Rd z pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
_


5 . 1 124 . 1
63 . 445717
18 . 501177
3
3
,
,
s = = =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y

243 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
328000
2 2
1
=

= =
mm N mm
N
N
N
n
M
Rk
Ed
pl


( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
993 . 0 041 . 0 243 . 0 923 . 0 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
923 . 0 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1 =
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
yy
C
993 . 0 889 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
993 . 0
,
,
3
3
,
,
=

>
= =
=
yy
y pl
y el
yy
y pl
y el
yy
C
W
W
C
mm
mm
W
W
C

kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:
069 . 1
993 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
985 . 0
089 . 1 904 . 0
1 `
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C C k
yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


b) for the bottom part of the column:

yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
C
N
N
C C k
1 `
1
,

=


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
291
-the terms:
mLT
C ;
LT
b and
yy
C must be recalculated:
1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
-the
my
C term must be calculated corresponding to the bottom part of the column (with ) 0 = :

( ) ( ) 780 . 0
95 . 3802327
238000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + + =
N
N
N
N
C
y cr
Ed
my

839 . 0
63 . 445717
06 . 4904
328000
10 25
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y

( ) ( ) 885 . 0
1 839 . 0 1
1 839 . 0
780 . 0 1 780 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


1
1
933 . 0
68 . 2806625
328000
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
997 . 0
885 . 0
1 1
2
, ,
2
=

>
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
mLT
mLT
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
C
C
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
a
C C


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
292
y pl
y el
LT pl my
y
my
y
y yy
W
W
b n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
2
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =


Rd z pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
M
M
M
M
a b
, ,
,
, ,
,
2
0 5 . 0

=

_

-the
LT
b must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending of 0

and
LT
_ :
757 . 0
8 . 240735730
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
(for the bottom part of the column)
1 804 . 0
569 . 0 752 . 0 752 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (for the bottom part of the column)
0095 . 0
/ 275 96 . 123381
5000000
/ 275 18 . 501177 804 . 0
25000000
757 . 0 997 . 0 5 . 0
5 . 0 5 . 0
2 3 2 3
2
,
,
,
,
2
0
, ,
,
, ,
,
2
0
=
=

=

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
f W
M
f W
M
a
M
M
M
M
a b
y z pl
Ed z
y y pl LT
Ed y
LT
Rd z pl
Ed z
Rd y pl LT
Ed y
LT LT
_



5 . 1 124 . 1
63 . 445717
18 . 501177
3
3
,
,
s = = =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y

243 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
328000
2 2
1
=

= =
mm N mm
N
N
N
n
M
Rk
Ed
pl


( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
997 . 0 0095 . 0 243 . 0 923 . 0 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
923 . 0 904 . 0
124 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1 =
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
yy
C
997 . 0 889 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
997 . 0
,
,
3
3
,
,
=

>
= =
=
yy
y pl
y el
yy
y pl
y el
yy
C
W
W
C
mm
mm
W
W
C

kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
33 . 3802 95 . 3802327

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
293
Therefore the
yy
k term corresponding to the bottom part of the column will be:
977 . 0
997 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
985 . 0
1 904 . 0
1 `
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C C k
yy
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
8.38.2.6 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation
y
z
yz
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
w
w
C
N
N
C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


-the
mz
C ter will be considered for the entire column length (with ) 0 = :

( ) ( ) 765 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

985 . 0
95 . 3802327
328000
839 . 0 1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_

(previously calculated)
N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
51 . 1581706

,
=

=
t
(previously calculated)
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C
5
2
max
2
14 2 ) 1 ( 1


Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
M C
M
a c
, ,
,
4
2
0
5
10

+
=


997 . 0
64 . 57943291
97 . 149294
1 1
4
4
= = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT
(previously calculated)
757 . 0
8 . 240735730
/ 275 18 . 501177
2 3
,
0 =

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
(previously calculated)
923 . 0
51 . 1581706
/ 275 06 . 4904
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y
z (previously calculated)
Nm M
Ed y
50000
,
=
5 . 1
5 . 1
5 . 1 536 . 1
89 . 80344
96 . 123381
3
3
,
,
=

s
s = = =
z
z
z el
z pl
z
w
w
mm
mm
W
W
w

5 . 1 124 . 1
63 . 445717
18 . 501177
3
3
,
,
s = = =
mm
mm
W
W
w
y el
y pl
y

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
294
-the
my
C term will be considered separately for each column part:
a) for the top part of the column:
( ) ( ) 956 . 0
1 677 . 1 1
1 677 . 1
900 . 0 1 900 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

(previously calculated)
1 749 . 0
661 . 0 831 . 0 831 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (previously calculated)
Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =
506 . 0
5 . 137823724 749 . 0 956 . 0
50000000
923 . 0 5
757 . 0
997 . 0 10
5
10
4
, ,
,
4
2
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
a c
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
51 . 1581706

,
=

=
t
(previously calculated
( ) ( ) 765 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
243 . 0
1
= =
M
Rk
Ed
pl
N
N
n

(previously calculated)
-Therfor:
( ) 878 . 0 506 . 0 243 . 0
5 . 1
923 . 0 765 . 0
14 2 1 5 . 1 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C


750 . 0
124 . 1
5 . 1
6 . 0
878 . 0
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
985 . 0
765 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C k
y
z
yz
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz


b) for the bottom part of the column:
( ) ( ) 885 . 0
1 839 . 0 1
1 839 . 0
780 . 0 1 780 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C

(previously calculated)
1 804 . 0
569 . 0 752 . 0 752 . 0
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (previously calculated)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
295
Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =
254 . 0
5 . 137823724 804 . 0 885 . 0
25000000
923 . 0 5
757 . 0
997 . 0 10
5
10
4
, ,
,
4
2
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
a c
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
51 . 1581706

,
=

=
t
(previously calculated
( ) ( ) 765 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
243 . 0
1
= =
M
Rk
Ed
pl
N
N
n

(previously calculated)
-Therfor:
( ) 0043 . 1 254 . 0 243 . 0
5 . 1
923 . 0 765 . 0
14 2 1 5 . 1 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

LT pl
z
mz
z yz
c n
w
C
w C


656 . 0
124 . 1
5 . 1
6 . 0
0043 . 1
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
985 . 0
765 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C k
y
z
yz
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz


Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.
8.38.2.7 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation

a) for the top part of the column:
y
z
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
w
w
C
N
N
C C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


902 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
586 . 0 1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


586 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
296
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C
,
,
5
2
max
2
6 . 0 14 2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =


Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =
Nmm mm N mm f W M
z z Rd z pl
33930039 / 275 96 . 123381
2 3
, ,
= = =
-in order to calculate the
LT
d term, the terms
my
C and
mz
C must be recalculated for each column part;
-the term
mz
C must be recalculated for the top column part only, using 5 . 0 = :
( )
( ) 908 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
33 . 0 5 . 0 36 . 0 5 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
33 . 0 5 . 0 36 . 0 5 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + + =
= + + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz


301 . 0
33930039 908 . 0
10000000
5 . 137823724 749 . 0 956 . 0
50000000
923 . 0 1 . 0
757 . 0
997 . 0 2
1 . 0
2
4
, ,
,
, ,
,
4
0
=
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
M C
M
a d
Rd z pl mz
Ed z
Rd y pl LT my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


859 . 0
6 . 0
616 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
124 . 1
5 . 1
6 . 0 6 . 0
859 . 0 301 . 0 243 . 0
124 . 1
847 . 1 904 . 0
14 2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
,
,
3
3
,
,
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=

>
= =
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

zy
y pl
y el
z
y
zy
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
C
W
W
w
w
C
mm
mm
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C


-fot the calculation of
zy
C term , it will be used the
my
C for the entire column and the
LT
d for the top column part:
588 . 0
5 . 1
124 . 1
6 . 0
859 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
902 . 0
089 . 1 904 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
z
y
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
297
b) for the bottom part of the column:
y
z
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
w
w
C
N
N
C C k

= 6 . 0
1
1
,


902 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
586 . 0 1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


586 . 0 =
z
_ (previously calculated)
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C
,
,
5
2
max
2
6 . 0 14 2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =


Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =
Nmm mm N mm f W M
z z Rd z pl
33930039 / 275 96 . 123381
2 3
, ,
= = =
-in order to calculate the
LT
d term, the terms
my
C and
mz
C must be recalculated for each column part;
-the term
mz
C must be recalculated for the top column part only, using 0 = :
( ) ( ) 765 . 0
51 . 1581706
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

090 . 0
33930039 765 . 0
5000000
5 . 137823724 804 . 0 885 . 0
25000000
923 . 0 1 . 0
757 . 0
997 . 0 2
1 . 0
2
4
, ,
,
, ,
,
4
0
=
=

+
=
=

+
=

Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
M C
M
M C
M
a d
Rd z pl mz
Ed z
Rd y pl LT my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y

892 . 0
6 . 0
462 . 0
18 . 501177
63 . 445717
5 . 1
124 . 1
6 . 0 6 . 0
892 . 0 090 . 0 243 . 0
124 . 1
923 . 0 885 . 0
14 2 ) 1 124 . 1 ( 1
14 2 ) 1 ( 1
,
,
3
3
,
,
5
2 2
5
2
max
2
=

>
= =
=
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(
(
(


|
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

zy
y pl
y el
z
y
zy
y pl
y el
z
y
LT pl
y
my
y zy
C
W
W
w
w
C
mm
mm
W
W
w
w
d n
w
C
w C


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
298

-fot the calculation of

zy
C term , it will be used the
my
C for the entire column and the
LT
d for the top column part:
566 . 0
5 . 1
124 . 1
6 . 0
892 . 0
1
95 . 3802327
328000
1
902 . 0
089 . 1 904 . 0 6 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
w
w
C
N
N
C C k
z
y
zy
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy


Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

8.38.2.8 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation

a) for the top part of the column:
zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz
C
N
N
C k
1
1
,

=


z pl
z el
LT pl mz
z
mz
z
z zz
W
W
e n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =

Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =

-in calculating the
LT
e , the
my
C term must be used accordingly with the corresponding column part
787 . 0
/ 275 18 . 501177 749 . 0 956 . 0
50000000
923 . 0 1 . 0
757 . 0
997 . 0 7 . 1
1 . 0
7 . 1
2 3 4
, ,
,
4
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

mm N mm
Nmm
M C
M
a e
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


-fot the calculation of

zz
C term , it will be used the
mz
C for the entire column and the
LT
e for the top column part:
013 . 1
651 . 0
96 . 123381
89 . 80344
013 . 1 243 . 0 787 . 0 847 . 1 765 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
847 . 1 765 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 5 . 1 ( 1
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1
,
,
3
3
,
,
2 2 2
2
max
2
max
2
=

>
= =
=
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(

|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
zz
z pl
z el
zz
z pl
z el
pl LT mz
z
mz
z
z zz
C
W
W
C
mm
mm
W
W
n e C
w
C
w
w C

860 . 0
013 . 1
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
902 . 0
765 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C k
zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
299
b) for the bottom part of the column:
zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz
C
N
N
C k
1
1
,

=


z pl
z el
LT pl mz
z
mz
z
z zz
W
W
e n C
w
C
w
w C
,
,
max
2
max
2
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1 >
(


|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
Nmm mm N mm f W M
y y Rd y pl
5 . 137823724 / 275 18 . 501177
2 3
, ,
= = =

-in calculating the
LT
e , the
my
C term must be used accordingly with the corresponding column part
396 . 0
/ 275 18 . 501177 804 . 0 885 . 0
25000000
923 . 0 1 . 0
757 . 0
997 . 0 7 . 1
1 . 0
7 . 1
2 3 4
, ,
,
4
0
=

+
=
=

+
=

mm N mm
Nmm
M C
M
a e
Rd y pl lt my
Ed y
z
LT LT
_


-for the calculation of

zz
C term , it will be used the
mz
C for the entire column and the
LT
e for the top column part:
( ) 923 . 0 923 . 0 ; 5956 . 0 max ; max
max
= =
|
.
|

\
|
=

z y
060 . 1
651 . 0
96 . 123381
89 . 80344
060 . 1 243 . 0 396 . 0 923 . 0 765 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
923 . 0 765 . 0
5 . 1
6 . 1
2 ) 1 5 . 1 ( 1
6 . 1 6 . 1
2 ) 1 ( 1
,
,
3
3
,
,
2 2 2
2
max
2
max
2
=

>
= =
=
(


|
.
|

\
|
+ =
=
(

|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
zz
z pl
z el
zz
z pl
z el
pl LT mz
z
mz
z
z zz
C
W
W
C
mm
mm
W
W
n e C
w
C
w
w C

821 . 0
060 . 1
1
51 . 1581706
328000
1
902 . 0
765 . 0
1
1
,
=

=
N
N
C
N
N
C k
zz
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz


Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
300
8.38.2.9 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_

i y Rk
A f N =

a) for the top part of the column:

93 . 0 25 . 0 27 . 0 41 . 0
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 10
860 . 0
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
804 . 0
10 50
588 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
586 . 0
328000
02 . 1 21 . 0 52 . 0 29 . 0
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 10
750 . 0
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
749 . 0
10 50
069 . 1
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
839 . 0
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
301
b) for the bottom part of the column:

67 . 0 12 . 0 13 . 0 42 . 0
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 5
821 . 0
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
804 . 0
10 25
566 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
586 . 0
328000
30 . 1 97 . 0 22 . 0 29 . 0
1
/ 275 96 . 123381
10 5
656 . 0
1
/ 275 18 . 501177
804 . 0
10 25
977 . 0
1
/ 275 06 . 4904
839 . 0
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
7 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
302
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
303
Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
304
Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k



Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
305

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
306
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
307
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
308
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure

C
1



The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
Mcr




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
309
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT
_

























ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
310

8.38.2.10 Reference results
a) for the top part of the column:

Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.839
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.586
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
1.069
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
0.750
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.588
zz
k Internal factor,
zz
k
0.860
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression
effort over the Y axis
0.29
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending
moment over the Y axis
0.52
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending
moment over the Y axis
0.21
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression
effort over the z axis
0.41
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending
moment over the Z axis
0.27
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending
moment over the Z axis
0.25

C
1
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure
1.77
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 315.36
LT
_
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness 0.749


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
311
b) for the bottom part of the column:

Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
0.839
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.586
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
0.977
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
0.656
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.566
zz
k Internal factor,
zz
k
0.821
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
0.29
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
0.22
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
0.97
SNz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
0.42
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
0.13
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
0.12
C
1
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties;
support conditions; moment diagram allure
1.77
Mcr The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation 426.10
LT
_
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness 0.804

Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
312
8.38.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional
slenderness by Y axis
0.839285 adim 0.0000 %
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional
slenderness by the Z axis
0.585533 adim 0.0000 %
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.07027 adim -0.0001 %
Kyy Internal coefficient kyy 1.04152 adim -0.0001 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.750217 adim -0.0000 %
Kyz Internal coefficient kyz 0.685239 adim -0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.593445 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal coefficient kzy 0.561245 adim 0.0001 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.860237 adim 0.0000 %
Kzz Internal coefficient kzz 0.834265 adim -0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
313
8.39 EC3 Test 30: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric compression and
uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis
Test ID: 5730
Test status: Passed
8.39.1Description
The test verifies an IPE 300 beam made of
The beam is subjected to a 20kN compression effort, a -10kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically and a -5kN/m
linear uniform load applied horizontal.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.40 EC3 Test 31: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial compression and
bending moment, both applied on top
Test ID: 5731
Test status: Passed
8.40.1Description
The test verifies an IPE450 column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to a -1000kN compression effort and a 200kNm bending moment by the Y axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
314
8.41 EC3 Test 15: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and axial
efforts
Test ID: 5735
Test status: Passed
8.41.1Description
Verifies a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and axial efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.41.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load applied on
the top. The dead load will be neglected.
8.41.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = - 500 000 N,
Fx = 5 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
315
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
Section area:A = 9490 mm
2
,
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W
pl,y
= 956000 mm
3
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
316
8.41.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (N
c,Rd
) and also the design plastic moment resistance (M
pl,Rd
) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (6.12) from chapter 6.2.5
(EN 1993-1-1).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
317

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
15
10
10 2 15 2 200 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r b
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
33 33 15 = s = c
t
c

This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to bending
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (o). o is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.
5 . 0 832 . 0
63 . 26
132
1
> = =

o
o
o
MPa
MPa

25
10
10 2 15 2 300 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r h
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
34 . 40
1 13
396
25 =

s =
o
c
t
c

This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
318
Verifying the design resistance for uniform compression
The design resistance for uniform compression, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.10) from EN
1993-1-1:2001.
N
MPa mm
f A
N
M
y
Rd c
2230150
0 . 1
235 9490
2
0
,
=


The verification of the design resistance for uniform compression is done with relationship (6.9) from EN 1993-1-1.
The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 42 . 22 100
2230150
500000
100 100
, ,
= = =
N
N
N
F
N
N
Rd c
z
Rd c
Ed

Verifying the design plastic moment resistance
The design plastic moment resistance, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M M
M
y y pl
Rd pl Rd c
224660000
0 . 1
235 956000
3
0
,
, ,
=

= =


The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 82 . 27 100
224660000
2
5000
5000 / 5
100
2
100
, ,
=

=

=
Nmm
mm
mm mm N
M
L
L q
M
M
Rd c Rd c
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
319
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial efforts
Work ratio Fx

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Column subjected to bending and axial efforts
Work ratio Oblique

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
320
8.41.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio Fx Compression resistance work ratio [%] 22.42 %
Work ratio Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 27.82 %


8.41.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 22.42 % 0.0001 %
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 27.8198 % -0.0007 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
321
8.42 EC3 Test 34: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5734
Test status: Passed
8.42.1Description
The test verifies an C310x30.8 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 12 kN compression force, 8 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 1.5 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.43 EC3 Test 33: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis
Test ID: 5733
Test status: Passed
8.43.1Description
The test verifies an upn300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN compression force, 50 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 5kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.44 EC3 Test 24: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and
without any other restraint
Test ID: 5709
Test status: Passed
8.44.1Description
The test verifies an user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has no restraints over its length.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
322
8.44.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and, at his top end, translation is permitted
only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is subjected to an
axial compression load 328000 N, 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and 1274000Nm bending moment
after the Y axis.

8.44.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N, Mx= 127400Nm; My=1274000Nm
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
323
Geometrical properties
Column length: L=5620mm
Cross section area:
2
10850mm A =
Overall breadth: mm b 220 =
Flange thickness: mm t
f
15 =
Root radius: mm r 0 =
Web thickness: mm t
w
5 =
Depth of the web: mm h
w
880 =
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
,
10 66 . 3387 mm W
y el
=
Plastic modulus after the Y axis,
3 3
10 62 . 3757 mm W
y
=
Elastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 08 . 242 mm W
z el
=
Plastic modulus after the Z axis,
3 3
,
10 31 . 368 mm W
z pl
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=149058.04x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=2662.89x10
4
mm
4

Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=51.46x10
4
mm
4

Working inertial moment: I
w
=4979437.37x10
6
mm
6




Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
324
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: F
Z
=--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm

8.44.2.2 Cross section Class
According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:
The web dimensions are 850x5mm.
1 873 . 0
30 . 406
84 . 354
sup
inf
> =

= =
Mpa
Mpa
o
o

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
325

=
=

=
=
+
+
= =
27 . 396
14 . 761
84 . 354 850
73 . 453
14 . 761
3 . 406 850
14 . 761
850
84 . 354 3 . 406 84 . 354 3 . 406
y
x
y x y x

5 . 0 5338 . 0
850
73 . 453
850
> = = =
x
o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
326
924 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
61 . 101
) 873 . 0 ( 33 . 0 67 . 0
924 . 0 42
33 . 0 67 . 0
42
170
1
170
5
15 2 880
=
+

=
+

> =

=
=

=

c
c
t
c
mm
mm mm
t
c

therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
-for beam flange:
9 9 61 . 7
1
61 . 7
15
5 . 107
= s =

=
= =
c
c
t
c
t
c
therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4
8.44.2.3 Effective cross-sections of Class4 cross-sections
-the section is composed from Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges, therefore will start the web
calculation:
-in order to simplify the calculations the web will be considered compressed only
170
5
15 2 880
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c
:
4 1 = =
o
k
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
o
c

k
t
b
w
p

=
4 . 28


w
b is the width of the web; mm b
w
850 =
t is the web thickness; t=5mm
9244 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
261 . 3
4 9244 . 0 4 . 28
5
850
=

=
mm
mm
p

-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:
( )
286 . 0
261 . 3
4 055 . 0 261 . 3
3 055 . 0
0 4 3
673 . 0 261 . 3
2 2
=

=
+
=

> = +
> =
p
p p


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
327

= =
= =
= =

=
=
=
mm mm b
mm mm b
mm mm b
b b
b b
b b
e
e
eff
eff e
eff e
w eff
55 . 121 1 . 243 5 . 0
55 . 121 1 . 243 5 . 0
1 . 243 850 286 . 0
5 . 0
5 . 0
2
1
2
1


2
2 1 ,
5 . 1215 55 . 121 5 55 . 121 5 mm mm mm mm mm b t b t A
e w e w web eff
= + = + =
2
,
3300 220 15 mm mm mm b t A
f f flange eff
= = =
2 2 2
, ,
2 . 7815 3300 2 5 . 1215 2 mm mm mm A A A
flange eff web eff eff
= + = + =
8.44.2.4 Effective elastic section modulus of Class4 cross-sections
-In order to simplify the calculation the section will be considered in pure bending
mm
mm
b b
t c
425
2
850
1
sup
inf
= = = = =
o
o

9 . 23 1 = =
o
k
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1
170
5
15 2 880
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

o
c

k
t
b
w
p

=
4 . 28

w
b is the width of the web; mm b
w
850 =
t is the web thickness; t=5mm
9244 . 0
275
235 235
= = =
y
f
c
325 . 1
9 . 23 9244 . 0 4 . 28
5
850
=

=
mm
mm
p

-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
( )
692 . 0
325 . 1
2 055 . 0 325 . 1
3 055 . 0
0 2 3
673 . 0 325 . 1
2 2
=

=
+
=

> = +
> =
p
p p


( )

= =
= =
=

=

=
=

= =
mm mm b
mm mm b
mm
mm
b
b b
b b
b
b b
e
e
eff
eff e
eff e
w
c eff
46 . 176 1 . 294 6 . 0
64 . 117 1 . 294 4 . 0
1 . 294
1 1
850
692 . 0
6 . 0
4 . 0
1
2
1
2
1





ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
328

-the weight center coordinate is:
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
mm
y
G
53 . 15
5 . 10195
095 . 158330
15 220 5 46 . 601 5 64 . 117 15 220
27 . 124 5 46 . 601 5 . 432 15 220 18 . 366 5 64 . 117 5 . 432 15 220
=

=
=
+ + +
+
=

-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
1448234429 5 . 699380072 6 . 748854356
97 . 416 15 220
12
220 15
74 . 107 5 46 . 601
12
5 46 . 601
71 . 381 5 64 . 117
12
5 64 . 117
03 . 448 15 220
12
220 15
mm
I
y
= + =
= +

+ +

+
+ +

+ +

=

4 2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
63 . 26627490 0 15 220
12
15 220
0 5 46 . 601
12
46 . 601 5
0 5 64 . 117
12
64 . 117 5
0 15 220
12
15 220
mm
I
z
= +

+ +

+
+ +

+ +

=

3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
3
4
max
,
10 . 242068
110
63 . 26627490
mm
mm
mm
y
I
W
z
z el
= = =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
329
8.44.2.5 Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


34 . 0 = o
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y will be determined from the relevant buckling
curve according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=
y y y
y

_ (6.49)
y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:
y cr
y eff
y
N
f A
,
*
=
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
330
Where: A is the effective cross section area;
2
2 . 7815 mm A
eff
= ; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material;
f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371
5620
1448234429 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t
t

15 . 0
44 . 95035371
/ 275 2 . 7815
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
y cr
y eff
y
| | ( ) | | 503 . 0 15 . 0 2 . 0 15 . 0 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = y
y y
o |
1
1
017 . 1
15 . 0 503 . 0 503 . 0
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

>
=
+
=
u + u
=
y
y
y
y y
y
_
_

_

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:


49 . 0 = o
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
331
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2 2
s
u + u
=
z
z z
z

_ (6.49)
z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
z cr
y eff
z
N
f A
,
*
=
Where: A is the effective cross section area;
2
2 . 7815 mm A
eff
= ; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material;
f
y
=275N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:
( )
kN N
mm
mm mm N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
34 . 1747 905 . 1747336
5620
63 . 26627490 / 210000

4 2
,
= =

=

=
t t

109 . 1
905 . 1747336
/ 275 2 . 7815
2 2
,
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
z cr
y eff
z
| | ( ) | | 338 . 1 109 . 1 2 . 0 109 . 1 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = z z
z
o |
479 . 0
1
479 . 0
109 . 1 338 . 1 338 . 1
1 1
2 2 2 2
=

s
=
+
=
u + u
=
z
z
z
z z
z
_
_

_

8.44.2.6 Lateral torsional buckling verification
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C
2
z
g
=0 and the moment formula will be:
z
t
z
w z
cr
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M


+

=

1
t
t

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)
-where:
C
1
is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure
252 . 0 423 . 0 325 . 0
1
1
+ +
= C
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)
is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: 0
1274
0
= =
kNm
kNm


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
332
77 . 1 0
1274
0
1
= = = C
kNm
kNm

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
1448234429mm I
y
=

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
63 . 26627490 mm I
z
=

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm
2
.
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
=514614.75mm
4
Warping inertial moment:
I
W
is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):
( )
4
2
f z
w
t h I
I

=
h cross section height; h=880mm

f
t flange thickness; mm t
f
15 =
( )
6 11
2 4
10 808 . 49
4
15 880 mm 3 26627490.6
mm
mm mm
I
w
=

=
-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)

Length of the column part: L=5620mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm
2
( )
( )
kNm Nmm
mm N
mm mm N
mm mm N mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm N
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
z
t
z
w z
cr
163 . 1420 1420163158
185 . 459 905 . 1747336 77 . 1
63 . 26627490 / 210000
514614 / 80800 5620
63 . 26627490
10 808 . 49
5620
63 . 26627490 / 210000
77 . 1

4 2 2
4 2 2
4
6 11
2
4 2 2
1
= =
= =


+


=


+

=
t
t
t
t

The elastic modulus :
3
4
max
,
533 . 3179229
53 . 455
1448234429
mm
mm
mm
z
I
W
y
y el
= = =
785 . 0
1420163158
/ 275 533 . 3179229
2 3
,
=

= =
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff
LT
Calculation of the
LT
_ for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT will be determined with formula:
1

1
s
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_ (6.56)
( ) | | 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 LT LT
LT LT
o | + + =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
333
The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:
2 4
220
880
> = =
mm
mm
b
h


The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

76 . 0 = o

( ) | | ( ) | | 030 . 1 785 . 0 2 . 0 785 . 0 76 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0 = + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |
1 589 . 0
785 . 0 030 . 1 030 . 1
1

1
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
8.44.2.7 Internal factor,
yy
k , calculation
The internal factor
yy
k corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
334
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
N
N
N
N
,
,
1
1

=
_


1 =
y
_ (previously calculated)
kN N
Ed
328 =
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
1
44 . 95035371
328000
1 1
44 . 95035371
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
y cr
Ed
y
y cr
Ed
y
_



The
my
C will be calculated according to Table A.1:

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
335
Calculation of the 0 term:
0
,
0
cr
y y eff
M
f W
=
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3 3
,
10 66 . 3387 mm W
y el
=
kNm Nmm M
cr
163 . 1420 1420163158 = = (previously calculated)
810 . 0
1420163158
/ 275 3387660
2 3
0
,
0 =

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y eff


Calculation of the 4
, ,
1
1 1 20 . 0
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
C term:
Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,
T cr TF cr
N N
, ,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

+ =

,
2
0
,
T cr
w
t T cr
L
I E
I G
I
A
N
t

The mass moment of inertia
0
I
2
0 g z y
z A I I I + + =
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:
4
67 . 1490580416 mm I
y
=
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
4
17 . 26628854 mm I
z
=
Cross section area:
2
10850mm A =
Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: 0 =
g
z
4 4 4 2
0
1517209270 17 . 26628854 67 . 1490580416 mm mm mm I I z A I I I
z y g z y
= + = + = + + =
- the buckling length,
T cr
L
,
,
m L
T cr
62 . 5
,
=
Torsional moment of inertia:
4
75 . 514614 mm I
t
=

Working inertial moment:
6 11
10 808 . 49 mm I
w
= (previously calculated)

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
( )
N
mm
mm mm N
mm mm N
mm
mm
N
T cr
14 . 2634739
5620
10 808 . 49 / 210000
75 . 514614 / 80800
1517209270
10850
6 11 2 2
4 2
4
2
,
=
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
+ =
t
N N
Ed
328000 =
N N N
T cr TF cr
14 . 2634739
, ,
= =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
336
N
l
I E
N
fz
z
z cr
905 . 1747336

,
=

=
t
(previously calculated)
244 . 0
14 . 2634739
328000
1
905 . 1747336
328000
1 77 . 1 20 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 4 4
, ,
1
=
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
C
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed


Therefore:
( )

>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
=
+

+ =

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|
> =
=
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
1
1 1
1
1
244 . 0 1 1 20 . 0 810 . 0
244 . 0 1 1 20 . 0
810 . 0
, ,
2
0 ,
0 , 0 ,
4
, ,
1 0
4
, ,
1
0
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
mz mz
LT y
LT y
my my my
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
TF cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
N
N
N
N
a
C C
C C
a
a
C C C
N
N
N
N
C
N
N
N
N
C
c
c



The
my
C coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.
The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.
( )
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C
+

+ =
c
c
1
1
0 , 0 ,

y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y
W
A
N
M
,
,
=
Elastic modulus after the Y axis,
3
, ,
533 . 3179229 mm W W
y eff y el
= =
55 . 9
533 . 3179229
2 . 7815
328000
10 1274
3
2 6
,
,
=

= =
mm
mm
N
Nmm
W
A
N
M
y eff
eff
Ed
Ed y
y


1 9996 . 0
1448234429
75 . 514614
1 1
4
4
~ = = =
mm
mm
I
I
a
y
t
LT

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
337
The
0 m
C coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:


The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore: 0 =
( )
y cr
Ed
my
N
N
C
,
0 ,
33 . 0 36 . 0 21 . 0 79 . 0 + + =
Where:
kN N
l
I E
N
fy
y
y cr
37 . 95035 44 . 95035371

,
= =

=
t
(previously calculated)
( ) 79 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
33 . 0 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
0 ,
= + =
N
N
C
my

( ) ( ) 949 . 0
1 55 . 9 1
1 55 . 9
79 . 0 1 79 . 0
1
1
0 , 0 ,
=
+

+ =
+

+ =
LT y
LT y
my my my
a
a
C C C


1
1 1
, ,
2
>
|
|
.
|

\
|

|
|
.
|

\
|

=
T cr
Ed
z cr
Ed
LT
my mLT
N
N
N
N
a
C C
068 . 1
14 . 2634739
328000
1
905 . 1747336
328000
1
1
949 . 0
2
=
|
.
|

\
|

|
.
|

\
|

=
N
N
N
N
C
mLT

0161 . 1
44 . 95035371
328000
1
1
068 . 1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
y
mLT my yy


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
338
8.44.2.8 Internal factor,
yz
k , calculation

z cr
Ed
y
mz yz
N
N
C k
,
1
=


( ) ( ) 7677 . 0
905 . 1747336
328000
33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0 33 . 0 36 . 0 79 . 0
,
0 ,
= + = + = =
N
N
N
N
C C
z cr
Ed
mz mz

945 . 0
905 . 1747336
328000
1
1
7677 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
y
mz yz



8.44.2.9 Internal factor,
zy
k , calculation
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy
N
N
C C k
,
1
=


893 . 0
905 . 1747336
328000
479 . 0 1
905 . 1747336
328000
1
1
1
,
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
z cr
Ed
z
z cr
Ed
z
_


908 . 0
44 . 95035371
328000
1
893 . 0
068 . 1 949 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C C k
y cr
Ed
z
mLT my zy



8.44.2.10 Internal factor,
zz
k , calculation
844 . 0
905 . 1747336
328000
1
893 . 0
7677 . 0
1
,
=

=
N
N
N
N
C k
z cr
Ed
z
mz zz


8.44.2.11 Bending and axial compression verification

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

A +
+

1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
1
,
, ,
1
,
, ,
1
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
zz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
zy
M
Rk
z
Ed
M
Rk z
Rd z Ed z
yz
M
Rk y
LT
Rd y Ed y
yy
M
Rk
y
Ed
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N
M
M M
k
M
M M
k
N
N

_

_

_

_

i y Rk
A f N =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
339


14 . 4 61 . 1 24 . 2 32 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
844 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
589 . 0
10 1274
908 . 0
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
479 . 0
328000
47 . 4 808 . 1 51 . 2 15 . 0
1
/ 275 10 . 242068
10 4 . 127
945 . 0
1
/ 275 533 . 3179229
589 . 0
10 1274
0161 . 1
1
/ 275 2 . 7815
1
328000
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
2 3
6
2 3
6
2 2
= + + =

+
+

= + + =

+
+

mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
Nmm
mm N mm
N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
340

y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

y
_



z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z
_



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
341
Internal factor,
yy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yy
k



Internal factor,
yz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

yz
k




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
342
Internal factor,
zy
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zy
k



Internal factor,
zz
k
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

zz
k



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
343
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis

SNy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyy

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
344
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis

SMyz


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis

SNz

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
345

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzy


Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis

SMzz




ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
346
8.44.2.12 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
y
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y
1
z
_
z
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z
0.48
yy
k Internal factor,
yy
k
1.011
yz
k Internal factor,
yz
k
0.95
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.902
zy
k Internal factor,
zy
k
0.84
SNy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the Y axis
0.15
SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
2.50
SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
1.81
SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
2.23
SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
1.61


8.44.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 1 adim 0.0000 %
Xz Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness 0.479165 adim 0.0000 %
Kyy Internal factor kyy 1.01066 adim 0.0005 %
Kyz Internal factor kyz 0.9451 adim 0.0000 %
Kzy Internal factor kzy 0.902094 adim -0.0000 %
Kzz Internal factor kzz 0.843573 adim -0.0000 %
#SNy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the compression effort over the Y axis
0.152455 adim -0.0001 %
#SMyy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis
2.49874 adim 0.0001 %
#SMyz Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis
1.80865 adim 0.0001 %
#SMzy Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis
2.23031 adim 0.0002 %
#SMzz Bending and axial compression verification term
depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis
1.61436 adim -0.0002 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
347
8.45 EC3 Test 14: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel
Test ID: 5728
Test status: Passed
8.45.1Description
Verifies the design resistance for bending of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French annex.
8.45.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending efforts.
Verification of the design resistance for bending at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is
RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is fixed at its base and it is
subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (50 000 N). The dead load will be neglected.
8.45.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fx = 50 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
348
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W
pl,y
= 956000 mm
3
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 50 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
349

8.45.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to bending efforts, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
350

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
15
10
10 2 15 2 200 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r b
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
33 33 15 = s = c
t
c

This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):
25
10
10 2 15 2 300 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r h
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
72 72 25 = s = c
t
c

This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
351
Design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M
M
y y pl
Rd c
224660000
0 . 1
235 956000
3
0
,
,
=


Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 64 . 55 100
224660000
2
5000
50000
100
2
100
, ,
=

=
Nmm
mm
N
M
L
V
M
M
Rd c Rd c
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
352
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio Oblique

8.45.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%] 55.64 %

8.45.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 55.6396 % -0.0007 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
353
8.46 EC3 Test 32: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression and
uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis
Test ID: 5732
Test status: Passed
8.46.1Description
The test verifies an IPE600 beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to a -3700kN compression force, a -10kN/m linear uniform vertical load and a -5kN/m linear
uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
354
8.47 EC3 Test 16: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to
biaxial bending
Test ID: 5736
Test status: Passed
8.47.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to biaxial bending.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.47.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel to resist bi-axial bending efforts. The
name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is
simply supported and it is subjected to uniformly distributed loads over its length. The dead load will be neglected.
8.47.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = - 10 000 N/ml,
Fy = 10 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
355
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 9490 mm
2
,
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W
pl,y
= 956000 mm
3
,
Plastic section modulus about z-z axis: W
pl,z
= 721000 mm
3
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis, and restrained in rotation
about the X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q1 = Fz = -10 000 N/ml
Uniformly distributed load: q2 = Fy = 10 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
356
8.47.2.2 Reference results for calculating the beam subjected to bi-axial bending
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be used.
Before verifying this criterion, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
357

Taking into account that the entire cross-section is subjected to bending stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to bending).
25
10
10 2 15 2 300 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r b
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
72 72 25 = s = c
t
c

This means that the left/right web is Class 1. As the dimensions for top/bottom wing are smaller than the left/right
web, they will be also classified as Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
Determining the design plastic moment resistance
Before verifying for bi-axial bending a rectangular structural hollow section of uniform thickness, the design plastic
moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (M
N,Rd
) needs to be determined. Its determination has to be made
about 2 axes (according to the bending efforts) and it will be done with formulae (6.39) and (6.40) from EN 1993-1-1.
Other terms involved in calculation have to be determined: a
w
, a
f
, n.
Ratio of design normal force to design plastic resistance to normal forces, n:
=
Rd pl
Ed
N
N
n
,
as the beam is not subjected to axial efforts n = 0.
Determination of a
w
for hollow section:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
358
5 . 0 5 . 0
2
= s

=
w w
a
A
t b A
a
Determination of a
f
for hollow section:
3678 . 0 5 . 0
2
= s

=
f f
a
A
t h A
a

Determination of a
w
for hollow section:
5 . 0 5 . 0
2
= s

=
w w
a
A
t b A
a

Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about y-y axis) reduced due to the axial force, M
N,y,Rd
:
( )
( )
Rd y pl
w
Rd y pl
Rd y N
M
a
n M
M
, ,
, ,
, ,
5 . 0 1
1
s


=
In order to fulfill the above relationship M
N,y,Rd
must be equal to M
pl,y,Rd.

Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M M
M
y y pl
Rd y pl Rd y N
4
3
0
,
, , , ,
10 22466
0 . 1
235 956000
=

= =


Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about z-z axis) reduced due to the axial force, M
N,z,Rd
:
( )
( )
Rd z pl
f
Rd z pl
Rd z N
M
a
n M
M
, ,
, ,
, ,
5 . 0 1
1
s


=
In order to fulfill the above relationship M
N,z,Rd
must be equal to M
pl,z,Rd.

Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M M
M
y z pl
Rd z pl Rd z N
4
3
0
,
, , , ,
10 5 . 16943
0 . 1
235 721000
=

= =


Verifying for bi-axial bending
Criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1 has to be fulfilled:
0 . 1
, ,
,
, ,
,
s
|
|
.
|

\
|
+
|
|
.
|

\
|
| o
Rd z N
Ed z
Rd y N
Ed y
M
M
M
M

Determination of constants o and | for rectangular hollow section:
66 . 1 6
13 . 1 1
66 . 1
2
= = s

= = | o | o
n

Determination of design bending moments (M
y,Ed
and M
z,Ed
) at the middle of the beam:
Nmm
mm mm N
L q
M
Ed y
4
2 2
2
,
10 3125
8
5000 / 10
8
1
=

=

Nmm
mm mm N
L q
M
Ed z
4
2 2
2
,
10 3125
8
5000 / 10
8
2
=

=

Verifying criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
359
0 . 1 098 . 0 0604 . 0 0378 . 0
10 5 . 16943
10 3125
10 22466
10 3125
66 . 1
4
4
66 . 1
4
4
s = + =
|
|
.
|

\
|

+
|
|
.
|

\
|

Nmm
Nmm
Nmm
Nmm

Work ratio =
% 8 . 9 100
0 . 1
098 . 0
=

Verifying for simple bending about y-y axis
For class 1 cross-section, design resistance for simple bending about y-y axis is verified using the criterion (6.12)
from EN 1993-1-1:
0 . 1 139 . 0
10 22466
10 3125
4
4
, ,
,
s =

=
Nmm
Nmm
M
M
Rd y pl
Ed y

Work ratio =
% 9 . 13 100
0 . 1
139 . 0
=

Verifying for simple bending about z-z axis
For class 1 cross-section, design resistance for simple bending about z-z axis is verified using the criterion (6.12)
from EN 1993-1-1:
0 . 1 1844 . 0
10 5 . 16943
10 3125
4
4
, ,
,
s =

=
Nmm
Nmm
M
M
Rd z pl
Ed z

Work ratio =
% 44 . 18 100
0 . 1
1844 . 0
=

As this work ratio is bigger than the others, we can consider it as reference.
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
360
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Beam subjected to bending efforts
Work ratio Oblique

8.47.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for biaxial bending 18.44 %

8.47.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio of the design resistance for biaxial bending 18.4437 % 0.2372 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
361
8.48 EC3 Test 36: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5738
Test status: Passed
8.48.1Description
The test verifies an RHS300x150x9H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 12 kN axial compression force, 7 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 3 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.49 EC3 Test 37: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric compression,
punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column
Test ID: 5739
Test status: Passed
8.49.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x8.5H column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN horizontal load applied on Y axis direction and 200 kNm
bending moment after the Y axis. All loads are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.50 EC3 Test 38: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric compression,
punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top
Test ID: 5740
Test status: Passed
8.50.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x5H column made of S355 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN punctual horizontal load and 200 kNm bending moment,
all applied to the top.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
8.51 EC3 Test 35: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end
Test ID: 5737
Test status: Passed
8.51.1Description
The test verifies a C310x30.8 beam made of S355 steel.
The beam is subjected to 3.00 kN compression force, 1.80 kN punctual vertical load applied on the free end of the
beam and 1.2.kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
362
8.52 EC3 Test 17: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to
torsional efforts
Test ID: 5742
Test status: Passed
8.52.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.53 EC3 Test 18: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element subjected to
torsional efforts
Test ID: 5743
Test status: Passed
8.53.1Description
Verifies a simply supported circular hollow section element made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.54 EC3 Test 39: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5741
Test status: Passed
8.54.1Description
The test verifies a CHS323.9x6.3H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 50 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 4 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
363
8.55 EC3 Test 44: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up
beam considering the load applied on the upper flange
Test ID: 5749
Test status: Passed
8.55.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.55.2Background
Determines the elastic critical moment (M
cr
) and factors (C1, C2, _
LT
) involved in the torsional buckling verification for
a simply supported steel beam. The beam is made of S235 steel and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (50
000 N/ml) applied over its length and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities (loads are applied to
the upper fibre). The dead load will be neglected.
8.55.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear;
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = - 50 000 N/ml,
My,1 = 142 x 10
6
Nmm,
My,2 = - 113.6 x 10
6
Nmm,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
364
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 260 mm,
Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: t
f
= 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: t
w
= 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 5188 mm
2
,
Flexion inertia moment about the z axis: I
z
= 6025866.46 mm
4
,
Torsional moment of inertia: I
t
= 149294.97 mm
4
,
Warping constant: Iw = 93517065421.88 mm
6
,
Plastic modulus about the y axis: W
y
= 501177.18 mm
3

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa;
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load over its length: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml
Bending moment at x=0: My,1 = 142 x 10
6
Nmm
Bending moment at x=5: My,2 = - 113.6 x 10
6
Nmm,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
365
8.55.2.2 Reference results for calculating the elastic critical moment of the cross section
In order to determine the elastic critical moment of the cross section (M
cr
), factors C1 and C2 have to be calculated.
They are determined considering the method provided at chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1. C1 and C2
coefficients are depending on the bending moment diagram along the member segment between lateral restraints.
The simply supported beam has the following bending moment diagram (the values are in Newton x meter):

For a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities, the
moments distribution is defined considering two parameters:
Ratio between the moments at extremities:
8 . 0
142000
113600
=

=
Nm
Nm

Ratio between the moment given by uniformly distributed load and the biggest bending moment from
extremity:
( )
1 . 1
10 142 8
5000 / 50
8
6
2 2
=


=

=
Nmm
mm mm N
M
L q

Its value is positive as both loadings are deforming the beam about the same fibre (chapter 3.4 from French
Annex of EN 1993-1-1).
In order to determine C1 and C2 parameters, factors |, , a, b, c, A, B, d
1
, e
1
, r
1
, , m, C
10
, d
2
, e
2
, r
2
need to be
calculated considering the analytical relationships provided in chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1:
2 . 4 1 1 . 1 4 8 . 0 1 4 = + = + = |
84 . 8 1 . 1 8 2 . 4 8
2 2
= = = |
( ) 738 . 1 9126223 . 0 6960364 . 0 1413364 . 0 1 5 . 0
2
= + + + = | | a
( ) 4765 . 1 4281556 . 1 9240091 . 0 1603341 . 0 1 5 . 0
2
= + + + = | | b
0602 . 0 9352904 . 0 5940757 . 0 0900633 . 0 1801266 . 0
2
= + = | | c
5625 . 2
2
= = c b a A
2143 . 4
2
2 = + =
b
a B
( ) 036 . 2 1 52 . 0
1
= + + = d
3 . 0
1
= e
As d
1
> e
1
, the factor r
1
is equal to 1.0
0 . 1 4773 . 0
8
1
5 . 0 s =


( ) ( ) 0 . 1 002 . 2 1 4 1 1 > = + = m
5363 . 0
2
4
2
1 10
=


=
A
A B B
r C
065 . 2 675 . 0 425 . 0
2
= + + = d
37 . 0 35 . 0 65 . 0
2
= = e
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
366
As d
2
> e
2
, the factor r
2
is equal to 1.0
Having the above factors, C
1
and C
2
coefficients become:
074 . 1
10 1
= = C m C
235 . 0 398 . 0
10 2 2
= = C r C
The load being applied at the top fibre it tends to accentuate the lateral torsional buckling, so it will reduce the value
of elastic critical moment. In this case, the distance from the shear centre to the point of load application (z
g
) will be
positive:
mm z
g
130 + =
The French Annex of EN 1993-1-1 provides the analytical relationship used to determine the value of the elastic
critical moment:
( ) Nmm z C z C
I E
I G L
I
I
L
I E
C M
g g
z
t
z
w z
cr
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
10 71772 . 91 =

+


+

=
t
t

8.55.2.3 Reference results for calculating the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling
The calculation of the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (_
LT
) is done using the formula (6.56) from chapter
6.3.2.2 (EN 1993-1-1).
Before determining the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (_
LT
), the following terms should be determined:
LT
, imperfection factor o
LT
, |
LT
.
Non dimensional slenderness for lateral torsional buckling,
LT
:
133 . 1
10 71772 . 91
/ 235 18 . 501177
6
2 3
,
=

=
Nmm
mm N mm
M
f W
cr
y y pl
LT


In order to determine the imperfection factor o
LT
, the buckling curve must be chosen. According to table 6.4
from EN 1993-1-1, for welded I-sections which have the ratio h / b s 2, the recommended lateral torsional
buckling curve is c. In this case, table 6.3 from EN 1993-1-1 recommends the value for imperfection factor
o
LT
:
49 . 0 =
LT
o

The value used to determine the reduction factor _
LT
, |
LT
, becomes:
( ) | | ( ) | | 370 . 1 133 . 1 2 . 0 133 . 1 49 . 0 1 5 . 0 2 . 0 1 5 . 0
2 2
= + + = + + = LT LT
LT LT
o |

The reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling is calculated using the formula (6.56) from EN 1993-1-1:
0 . 1 467 . 0
133 . 1 37 . 1 37 . 1
1 1
2 2 2 2
s =
+
=
+
=
LT
LT LT
LT
| |
_
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
367
Finite elements results
C1 parameter
Simply supported beam
C1

C2 parameter
Simply supported beam
C2

Elastic critical moment
Simply supported beam
Mcr

Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling
Simply supported beam
XLT

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
368
8.55.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
C1 C1 parameter [adim.] 1.074
C2 C2 parameter [adim.] 0.235
Mcr Elastic critical moment [kNm] 91.72 kNm
XLT Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling [adim.] 0.467

8.55.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
C1 C1 parameter 1.07375 adim 0.0004 %
C2 C2 parameter 0.234812 adim -0.0000 %
Mcr Elastic critical moment 91.72 kN*m 0.0000 %
XLT Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling 0.466895 adim -0.0001 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
369
8.56 EC3 Test 43: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange
Test ID: 5750
Test status: Passed
8.56.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
370
8.57 EC3 test 8: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected to bending
and axial load
Test ID: 5632
Test status: Passed
8.57.1Description
Verifies the classification and the resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and
axial force. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.57.2Background
Classification and verification of an IPE 600 column, made of S235 steel, subjected to bending and axial force. The
column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is loaded by a compression force (1 000 000 N), applied
at its top, and a uniformly distributed load (50 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
8.57.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case (Q1) and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q1:
Fz = -1 000 000 N,
Fx = 50 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q1

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 600 mm,
Flange width: b = 220 mm,
Flange thickness: t
f
= 19 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 15600 mm
2
,
Plastic section modulus about the strong y-y axis:
3
,
3512000mm W
y pl
= ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
371
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = F
Z
= -1 000 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 50 000 N/ml
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
372
8.57.2.2 Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (N
c,Rd
) and also the design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (M
N,Rd
) have to be
compared with the design values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while for bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be satisfied.
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
Considering that the column is subjected to combined bending and axial compression, and also that its axial effort is
bigger than 835 kN, the following classification is made according to the CTICM journal no. 4 2005 (extracted of
journal):

So, according to this table, the column cross-section is Class 2.
Verifying the design resistance for uniform compression
Expression (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1 is used to determine the design compression resistance, N
c,Rd
:
N
MPa mm
f A
N
M
y
Rd c
3666000
0 . 1
235 15600
2
0
,
=


In order to verify the design resistance for uniform compression, the criterion (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be satisfied:
% 100 % 3 . 27 0 . 1 273 . 0
3666000
1000000
, ,
s s = = =
N
N
N
N
N
N
Rd c Rd c
Ed

Verifying the column subjected to bending and axial force
According to paragraph 6.2.9.1 (4) from EN 1993-1-1, allowance will not be made for the effect of the axial force on
the plastic resistance moment about the y-y axis if relationship (6.33) is fulfilled.
N N N N N
Rd pl Ed
916500 3666000 25 . 0 1000000 25 . 0
,
= > s
In this case, because the above verification is not fulfilled, the axial force has an impact on the plastic resistance
moment about the y-y axis.
In order to verify the column subjected to bending and axial force, the criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1 has to be
used. Supplementary terms need to be determined: design resistance for bending (M
pl,Rd
), ratio of design normal
force to design plastic resistance to normal force of the gross cross-section (n), ratio of web area to gross area (a),
design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (M
N,Rd
).
Design plastic moment resistance:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
373
Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M
M
y y pl
Rd y pl
825320000
0 . 1
235 3512000
3
0
,
, ,
=


Ratio of design normal force to design plastic resistance to normal force of the gross cross-section:
273 . 0
3666000
1000000
,
= = =
N
N
N
N
n
Rd pl

Ratio of web area to gross area:
464 . 0
15600
19 220 2 15600
2
2
2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
A
t b A
a
f

Design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force is determined according to expression (6.36)
from EN 1993-1-1:

a
n
M M
Rd y pl Rd y N


=
5 . 0 1
1
, , , ,
but
Rd y pl Rd y N
M M
, , , ,
s
Nmm Nmm Nmm M
Rd y N
825320000 781259948
464 . 0 5 . 0 1
273 . 0 1
825320000
, ,
s =


=
The column subjected to bending and axial force is verified with criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:
0 . 1
, ,
,
, ,
,
s
|
|
.
|

\
|
+
|
|
.
|

\
|
| o
Rd z N
Ed z
Rd y N
Ed y
M
M
M
M

Because the column doesnt have bending moment about z axis, the second term from criterion (6.41)
is neglected. The verification becomes: 0 . 1
2 /
, ,
2
, ,
,
s
|
|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|
Rd y N Rd y N
Ed y
M
L q
M
M


( )
% 100 % 9 . 79 0 . 1 799 . 0
781259948
2 / 5000 / 50 2 /
2
, ,
2
< s =
|
|
.
|

\
|

=
|
|
.
|

\
|

Nmm
mm mm N
M
L q
Rd y N

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
374
Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Oblique


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
375
8.57.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression [%] 27.3 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending [%] 79.9 %

8.57.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression 27.2777 % -0.0085 %
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending 79.9691 % -0.0386 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
376
8.58 EC3 Test 20: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column
Test ID: 5700
Test status: Passed
8.58.1Description
The test verifies the buckling of a RC3020100 column made of S355 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
8.58.2Background
Verification of buckling under compression efforts for a rectangular hollow, RC3020100 column made of S235 steel.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N)
applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
8.58.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -200 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Cross section area: A=9490mm
2

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=11819x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=6278x10
4
mm
4

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
377
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths L
fy
and L
fz
are both imposed (10m)
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: F
Z
= N = -200 000 N,
Internal: None.
8.58.2.2 Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (N
b,Rd
) from the
compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, N
b,Rd
, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
N
N
(6.46)
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
1
,
M
y
Rd b
f A
N

_
= (6.47)
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=

_ (6.49)
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
cr
y
N
f A*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=235N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
( )
N
mm
mm MPa
L
I E
N
fy
z
cr
943 . 2449625
10000
10 11819 210000

2
4 4
=

=

=
t t

954 . 0
943 . 2449625
/ 235 9490
2 2
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
cr
y


| | ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0 o | + + =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
378
It will be used the following buckling curve:

The imperfection factor o corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

| | ( ) | | 034 . 1 954 . 0 2 . 0 954 . 0 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = o |
Therefore:
1 698 . 0
954 . 0 034 . 1 034 . 1
1 1
2 2 2
2
s =
+
=
+
=
| |
_
1 M
is a safety coefficient, 1
1
=
M

N
mm N mm
N
Rd b
7 . 1556644
1
/ 235 9490 698 . 0
2 2
,
=

=
N N
Ed
200000 =
% 848 . 12 100
7 . 1556644
200000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd b
Ed

8.58.2.3 Buckling in the weak inertia of the profile (along Z-Z)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (N
b,Rd
) from the
compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, N
b,Rd
, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
N
N
(6.46)
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
1
,
M
y
Rd b
f A
N

_
= (6.47)
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Z-Z axis
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=

_ (6.49)
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
379
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
cr
y
N
f A*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=235N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
( )
N
mm
mm MPa
L
I E
N
fy
z
cr
905 . 1301188
10000
10 6278 210000

2
4 4
=

=

=
t t

309 . 1
905 . 1301188
/ 235 9490
2 2
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
cr
y


| | ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0 o | + + =
It will be used the following buckling curve:

The imperfection factor o corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

| | ( ) | | 473 . 1 309 . 1 2 . 0 309 . 1 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = o |
Therefore:
1 465 . 0
309 . 1 473 . 1 473 . 1
1 1
2 2 2
2
s =
+
=
+
=
| |
_
1 M
is a safety coefficient, 1
1
=
M

N
mm N mm
N
Rd b
75 . 1037019
1
/ 235 9490 465 . 0
2 2
,
=

=
N N
Ed
200000 =
% 286 . 19 100
75 . 1037019
200000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd b
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
380
Finite elements results
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
381

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (y-y)


Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (z-z)


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
382
8.58.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y
axis
0.698
z
_
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z
axis
0.465
Work ratio (y-y) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance
(strong inertia) [%]
12.85%
Work ratio (z-z) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak
inertia) [%]
19.29%

8.58.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Y-Y axis
0.697433 adim -0.0001 %
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Z-Z axis
0.465226 adim 0.0000 %
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
0.128586 adim 0.0000 %
SNz Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the weak inertia of the profile
0.192767 adim -0.0002 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
383
8.59 EC3 test 10: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam
Test ID: 5692
Test status: Passed
8.59.1Description
Verifies the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.59.2Background
Classification and bending resistance verification of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The beam is simply
supported and it is loaded by a uniformly distributed load (15 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
8.59.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 630 mm,
Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: t
f
= 18 mm,
Web thickness: t
w
= 8 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 22752 mm
2
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
384
Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 355 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
385
8.59.2.2 Cross-section classification
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross-section class has to be determined.
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the beam is subjected to a uniformly distributed load; therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class of the
compressed flange (top flange). The picture below shows an extract from this table.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2 (above extract):
67 . 13
18
2 / ) 8 500 (
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

8136 . 0
235
= =
y
f
c
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
386
Therefore:
39 . 11 14 67 . 13 = > = c
t
c

This means that the top flange is Class 4. Because the bottom flange is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table. The web part is subjected to bending stresses.

The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (above extract):
25 . 74
8
2 18 630
=

=
mm
mm mm
t
c

8136 . 0
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
89 . 100 124 25 . 74 = s = c
t
c

This means that the beam web is Class 3.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the beam section have Class 4 for top flange, Class 3 for web and Class 1 for
bottom flange; therefore the class section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 4.
8.59.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.15) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Before verifying this formula, it is necessary to determine the effective section modulus of the cross-section.
The effective section modulus of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying only to
parts in compression (top flange in this case).
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor, the
stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
387
The buckling factor (k
o
) and the stress ratio(+) - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flange. The below picture presents an extract from this table.

Taking into account that the stress distribution on the top flange is linear, the stress ratio becomes:
43 . 0 0 . 1
1
2
= = =
o
o
o
k
The plate modified slenderness (
p
)
The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for top flange is:
( ) ( )
902 . 0
43 . 0 8136 . 0 4 . 28
18 / 2 / 8 500
4 . 28
/
=

= =
mm mm mm
k
t c
p
o
c

The reduction factor ()
The reduction factor for top flange is determined with relationship (4.3) from EN 1993-1-5. Because
p
> 0.748, the
reduction factor has the following formula:
0 . 1
188 . 0
2
s

=
p
p


The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:
( )
mm
mm mm
c b
f eff
89 . 215
2
8 500
8776 . 0
,
=

= =
Effective section modulus
The effective section modulus is determined considering the following cross-section:
Top flange width: b
eff,t
= b
eff,f
+ t
w
+ b
eff,f
= 439.78 mm;
Top flange thickness: t
f
= 18 mm;
Web and bottom flange have the same dimensions as the original section.
3
,sup ,
91 . 5204392 mm W
y eff
=
3
,inf ,
4 . 5736064 mm W
y eff
=
( )
3
,inf , ,sup , min , ,
91 . 5204392 , min mm W W W
y eff y eff y eff
= =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
388
Design resistance for bending
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2001 provides (6.15) formula in order to calculate the design resistance for
bending:
Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M
M
y eff
Rd c
1847559483
0 . 1
355 91 . 5204392
3
0
min ,
,
=


Work ratio
Work ratio =
( )
% 54 . 2 100
1847559483
8 / 5000 / 15
100
8 /
100
2
,
2
,
=

=
Nmm
mm mm N
M
L q
M
M
Rd c Rd c

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load
Work ratio - Oblique

8.59.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Oblique Design resistance for bending work ratio [%] 2.54 %

8.59.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio -
Oblique
Design resistance for bending work ratio 2.53713 % -0.1129 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
389
8.60 EC3 test 11: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification of a
rectangular hollow section column
Test ID: 5705
Test status: Passed
8.60.1Description
Verifies the cross section classification and the compression resistance of a rectangular hollow section column.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.60.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts of a hot rolled rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. It is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its
top. The dead load will be neglected.
8.60.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
390
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 9490 mm2 ,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: .
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0:
N = Fz = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
391
8.60.2.2 Reference results for calculating the cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table. The entire cross-section is subjected to
compression stresses.

The cross-section class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, and it is calculated for the most defavourable compressed part:
25
10
10 2 15 2 300 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r h
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
392
Therefore:
33 33 25 = s = c
t
c

Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
8.60.2.3 Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section
The compression resistance for Class 1 cross-section is determined with formula (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 1 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:
N
MPa mm
f A
N
M
y
Rd c
2230150
0 . 1
235 9490
2
0
,
=


Work ratio
Work ratio = % 48 . 4 100
2230150
100000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd c

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
393
8.60.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio [%] 4.48 %


8.60.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fx Compression resistance work ratio 4.484 % 0.0894 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
394
8.61 EC3 Test 19: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column
Test ID: 5699
Test status: Passed
8.61.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.
8.61.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
8.61.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -200 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties
Cross section area: A=5380mm
2

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I
y
=603.80x10
4
mm
4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I
z
=8356x10
4
mm
4

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
395
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths L
fy
and L
fz
are doth imposed with 10m value
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.0: F
Z
= N = -200 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
396
8.61.2.2 Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the buckling resistance work ratio of the analyzed element. The work
ratio of the element is calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element
(N
b,Rd
) from the compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling resistance of the compressed
member, N
b,Rd
, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
N
N
(6.46)
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
1
,
M
y
Rd b
f A
N

_
= (6.47)
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for Y-Y axis
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=

_ (6.49)
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
cr
y
N
f A*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=235N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
( )
N
mm
mm MPa
L
I E
N
fy
z
cr
70 . 1731878
10000
10 8356 210000

2
4 4
=

=

=
t t

854 . 0
70 . 1731878
/ 235 5380
2 2
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
cr
y


| | ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0 o | + + =
It will be used the following buckling curve:

The imperfection factor o corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
397

| | ( ) | | 933 . 0 854 . 0 2 . 0 854 . 0 21 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = o |
Therefore:
1 764 . 0
854 . 0 933 . 0 933 . 0
1 1
2 2 2
2
s =
+
=
+
=
| |
_
1 M
is a safety coefficient, 1
1
=
M

N
mm N mm
N
Rd b
089 . 966051
1
/ 235 5380 764 . 0
2 2
,
=

=
N N
Ed
200000 =
% 703 . 20 100
089 . 966051
200000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd b
Ed

8.61.2.3 Buckling in the weak inertia of the profile (along Z-Z)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (N
b,Rd
) from the
compression force applied to the element (N
Ed
). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, N
b,Rd
, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.
% 100 100
,
s
Rd b
Ed
N
N
(6.46)
The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:
1
,
M
y
Rd b
f A
N

_
= (6.47)
Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for Z-Z axis
_ coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness will be determined from the relevant buckling curve
according to:
1
1
2
2
s
u + u
=

_ (6.49)
the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:
cr
y
N
f A*
=
Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm
2
; f
y
is the yielding strength of the material; f
y
=235N/mm
2
and N
cr
is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:
( )
N
mm
mm MPa
L
I E
N
fy
z
cr
610 . 125144
10000
10 80 . 603 210000

2
4 4
=

=

=
t t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
398
178 . 3
610 . 125144
/ 235 5380
2 2
=

=
N
mm N mm
N
f A
cr
y


| | ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0 o | + + =
It will be used the following buckling curve:

The imperfection factor o corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.34:

| | ( ) | | 056 . 6 178 . 3 2 . 0 178 . 3 34 . 0 1 5 . 0 ) 2 . 0 ( 1 5 . 0
2
= + + = + + = o |
Therefore:
1 089 . 0
178 . 3 056 . 6 056 . 6
1 1
2 2 2
2
s =
+
=
+
=
| |
_
1 M
is a safety coefficient, 1
1
=
M

N
mm N mm
N
Rd b
78 . 112771
1
/ 235 5380 089 . 0
2 2
,
=

=
N N
Ed
200000 =
% 349 . 177 100
78 . 112771
200000
100
,
= =
N
N
N
N
Rd b
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
399
Finite elements results
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (y-y)



ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
400
8.61.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
y
_
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y
axis
0.764
z
_
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z
axis
0.089
Work ratio (y-y) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance
(strong inertia) [%]
0.21 %
Work ratio (z-z) Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak
inertia) [%]
1.77 %

8.61.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Xy coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional
slenderness after Y-Y axis
0.763129 adim -0.0000 %
Xz coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional
slenderness after Z-Z axis
0.0891543 adim 0.0000 %
SNy Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
0.207253 adim 0.0001 %
SNz Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the weak inertia of the profile
1.77401 adim 0.0001 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
401
8.62 EC3 Test 12: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section
beam
Test ID: 5706
Test status: Passed
8.62.1Description
Verifies the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.62.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel to resist shear. Verification of the
shear resistance at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in
the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is simply supported and it is subjected to an uniformly distributed load
(50 000 N/ml) applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
8.62.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).
Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 9490 mm
2
,
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
402
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 275 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.
8.62.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (A
v
) has to be determined.
Shear area of the cross section
For a rectangular hollow section of uniform thickness the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from
EN 1993-1-1. As the load is parallel to depth, the shear area is:
2
2
5694
200 300
300 9490
mm
mm mm
mm mm
h b
h A
A
v
=
+

=
+

=
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
N
MPa
mm
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
904044
0 . 1
3
275
5694
3
2
0
,
=


Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 83 . 13 100
904044
125000
100
904044
2
5000 / 50
100
2
100
, ,
= =

=
N
N
N
mm mm N
V
L q
V
V
Rd pl Rd pl
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
403
Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design shear resistance
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load
Work ratio - Fz

8.62.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design shear resistance [%] 13.83 %

8.62.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Shear resistance work ratio 13.8219 % 0.1587 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
404
8.63 EC3 Test 13: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column subjected to
bending and shear efforts
Test ID: 5707
Test status: Passed
8.63.1Description
Verifies the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column (made of S235 steel) subjected to bending and shear
efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.
8.63.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist shear and bending efforts.
Verification of the shear resistance at ultimate limit state, as well as the design resistance for bending, is realised.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (200 000 N). The dead
load will be neglected.
8.63.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load case and load combination are used:
Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:
Fx = 200 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).


Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 300 mm,
Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 9490 mm
2
,
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: W
pl,y
= 956000 mm
3
,
Partial factor for resistance of cross sections: 0 . 1
0
=
M
.
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:
Yield strength f
y
= 235 MPa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10
5
MPa.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 200 000 N,
Internal: None.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
406

8.63.2.2 Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (A
v
) has to be determined.
Shear area of the cross section
For a rectangular hollow section of uniform thickness the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from
EN 1993-1-1. As the load is parallel to depth, the shear area is:
2
2
5694
200 300
300 9490
mm
mm mm
mm mm
h b
h A
A
v
=
+

=
+

=
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-
section:
N
MPa
mm
f
A
V
M
y
v
Rd pl
6 . 772546
0 . 1
3
235
5694
3
2
0
,
=


Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 89 . 25 100
6 . 772546
200000
100
,
= =
Rd pl
V
V

8.63.2.3 Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to bending efforts, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:



Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
408
15
10
10 2 15 2 200 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r b
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
33 33 15 = s = c
t
c

This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):
25
10
10 2 15 2 300 2 2
=

=

=
mm
mm mm mm
t
t r h
t
c

0 . 1
235
= =
y
f
c
Therefore:
72 72 25 = s = c
t
c

This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
Design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-1-
1:2001.
Nmm
MPa mm
f W
M
M
y y pl
Rd c
224660000
0 . 1
235 956000
3
0
,
,
=


Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio = % 56 . 222 100
224660000
2
5000
200000
100
2
100
, ,
=

=
Nmm
mm
N
M
L
V
M
M
Rd c Rd c
Ed

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.


Finite elements results
Work ratio of the design shear resistance
Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio Oblique

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
410
8.63.2.4 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance [%] 25.89 %
Work ratio - Oblique Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%] 222.56 %


8.63.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio - Fz Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance 25.8793 % -0.0413 %
Work ratio -
Oblique
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending 222.559 % -0.0007 %





411
9 Timber design
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
412
9.1 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)
Test ID: 4509
Test status: Passed
9.1.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a timber linear element, in a model created with a previous version of the
program.
9.2 Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445)
Test ID: 4539
Test status: Passed
9.2.1 Description
Verifies the Afi units display in the timber shape sheet.
9.3 Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337)
Test ID: 4538
Test status: Passed
9.3.1 Description
Verifies the timber elements shape sheet.

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
413
9.4 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
Test ID: 4878
Test status: Passed
9.4.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist oblique bending. The verification is made
following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
9.4.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to oblique bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
9.4.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.3;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear;
Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.8 m.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 550 N/m2;
Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 2092.5 N/m
2
;
All loads will be projected on the purlin direction since the roof slope is 17.
Simply supported purlin subjected to loadings



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Purlin cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.5 m,
Section area: A = 0.02 m
2
,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y:
3
2 2
000666 . 0
6
20 . 0 1 . 0
6
m
h b
W
y
=

= ,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z:
3
2 2
000333 . 0
6
20 . 0 1 . 0
6
m
h b
W
z
=

= .
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
414
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
Support at end point (z = 3.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): q
y
= C
max
x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m
2
x 1.8 m x
sin17 = 1101.22 N/m,
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): q
z
= C
max
x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m
2
x 1.8 m x
cos17 = 3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.
9.4.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending
In order to verify the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
,
k
m
, have to be determined. After this, the reference solution (which includes the design bending stress about y axis,
the design bending stress about z axis and the maximum work ratio for strength verification) is calculated.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design bending stress about y axis, design bending stress about z axis and
maximum work ratio for strength verification) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved in calculations
(k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
).
Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
k
h
= 1.0
System strength factor:
k
sys
= 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):
k
m
= 0.7
Design bending stress about y axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q
z
):
o
m,y,d
= Pa
m
m
m
N
W
L q
W
M
y
z
y
y 6
3
2 2
2
10 2814 . 8
000666 . 0 8
5 . 3 92 . 3601
8
=

=
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
415
Design bending stress about z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q
y
):
o
m,z,d
= Pa
m
m
m
N
W
L q
W
M
z
y
z
z 6
3
2 2
2
10 0638 . 5
000333 . 0 8
5 . 3 22 . 1101
8
=

=
Design bending strength:
f
m,y,d
= f
m,z,d
= Pa k k
k
f
h sys
M
k m
6 6 mod
,
10 615 . 16 0 . 1 0 . 1
3 . 1
9 . 0
10 24 = =


Maximum work ratio for strength verification; it represents the maximum value between the work ratios
obtained with formulae 6.17 and 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
1 max
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
s

+
+

d z m
d z m
d z m
d z m
m
d y m
d y m
m
d y m
d y m
f
f
k
f
k
f
o
o
o
o

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
5 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
416
Stress SMy diagram
Simply supported purlin subjected to uniformly distributed load, q
z

Stress SMy [Pa]

Stress SMz diagram
Simply supported purlin subjected to uniformly distributed load, q
z

Stress SMz [Pa]

Maximum work ratio for strength verification
Strength of a simply supported purlin subjected to oblique bending
Work ratio [%]

9.4.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Smy Design bending stress about y axis [Pa] 8281441 Pa
SMz Design bending stress about z axis [Pa] 5063793 Pa
Work ratio
Maximum work ratio for strength verification [%]
71.2 %

9.4.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SMy Design bending stress about y axis 8.47672e+006 Pa 0.0000 %
Stress SMz Design bending stress about z axis 5.18319e+006 Pa -0.0000 %
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for strength verification 71.153 % -0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
417
9.5 EC5: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60 minutes
Test ID: 4896
Test status: Passed
9.5.1 Description
Verifies the residual cross section of a column exposed to fire for 60 minutes. The column is made from glued
laminated timber GL24 and it has only 3 faces exposed to fire. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
(Reduced cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
9.5.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of the cross sectional resistance for a rectangular cross section, which is made from glued
laminated timber GL24, exposed to fire for 60 minutes on 3 faces. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
9.5.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test F.1;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Timber column with fixed base


Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:
Depth: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Section area: A = 0.12 m
2

Height: H = 5.00 m
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
418
Materials properties
Glued laminated timber GL24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Density: = 380 kg/m
3
,
Design charring rate: |
n
= 0.7 x 10
-3
m/min,
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Fixed at base (Z = 0),
Support at top (Z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y,
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at Z = 5.00: F
z
= N = - 100000 N,
Internal: None.
9.5.2.2 Reference results in calculating the cross sectional resistance of a timber column exposed to
fire
Reference solution
The reference solution (residual cross section) is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the
effective charring depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth
we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (d
char,n
, k
0
, d
0
).
Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d
0
= 7 x 10
-3
m;
Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k
0
= 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)
Notional design charring depth:
d
char,n
= m . min
min
m
. t
n
042 0 60 10 7 0
3
= =

(according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
Effective charring depth:
d
ef
=
0 0
d k d
n , char
+
Residual cross section:
A
fi
= ) d b ( ) d h (
ef ef
2
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
419
Residual cross section
Column with fixed base exposed to fire for 60 minutes
Afi

9.5.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Afi Residual cross section [m
2
] 0.056202 m
2

9.5.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Afi Residual cross section 0.056202 m -0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
420
9.6 EC5: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending
Test ID: 4901
Test status: Passed
9.6.1 Description
Verifies the fire resistance of a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending.
The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2 (Reduced
cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.
9.6.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of the fire resistance for a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist
simple bending. The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes (the top of the purlin is not exposed to fire).
Verification of the bending stresses corresponding to frequent combination of actions is realised.
Chapter 1.1.1.3 presents the results obtained with the theoretical background explained at chapter 1.1.1.2.
9.6.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test F.2;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 500 N/m2,
Snow load: S = 700 N/m2,
Frequent combination of actions: C
FQ
= 1.0 x G + 0.5 x S = 850 N/m
2

Purlin with 3 supports



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 3.30 m,
Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.5 m,
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10
-3
m
2
,
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
421
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used.The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f
c,0,k
= 21 x 10
6
Pa,
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Density: = 350 kg/m
3
,
Design charring rate (softwood): |
n
= 0.8 x 10
-3
m/min,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (X = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at middle point (X = 3.30) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (X = 6.60) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along
X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = C
FQ
x d = 850 N/m
2
x 1.5 m = 1275 N/m,
Internal: None.
9.6.2.2 Reference results in calculating the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple
bending
In order to verify the fire resistance for a timber purlin subjected to simple bending it is necessary to determine the
residual cross section. After this, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them,
some parameters involved in calculations, like k
mod,fi
,
M,fi
, k
fi
, k
m
, have to be determined.
Residual cross section
The residual cross section is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the effective charring
depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (d
char,n
, k
0
, d
0
).
Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d
0
= 7 x 10
-3
m;
Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k
0
= 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)
Notional design charring depth:
d
char,n
= m
m
t
n
024 . 0 min 30
min
10 8 . 0
3
= =

| (according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
Effective charring depth:
d
ef
=
0 0 ,
d k d
n char
+
Residual cross section:
A
fi
= ) 2 ( ) (
ef ef ef ef
d b d h b h =
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
422
Reference solution for frequent combination of actions
Before calculating the reference solution (maximum work ratio for fire verification based on formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm) it is necessary to determine the design bending stress (taking into account the residual
cross section), the design bending strength and some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod,fi
,
M,fi
, k
fi
).
Modification factor in case of a verification done with residual section:
k
mod,fi
= 1.0 (according to paragraph 5 from chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
Partial safety factor for timber in fire situations:

M,fi
= 1.0
Factor k
fi
, taken from table 2.1 (EN 1995-1-2):
k
fi
= 1.25 (for solid timber)
Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections) according
to paragraph 2 from chapter 6.1.6 (EN 1995-1-1):
k
m
= 0.7
Design bending stress (taking into account the residual cross section):
o
m,d
=
2
6
ef ef
y
y
y
h b
M
W
M

=
The picture below shows the bending moment diagram (kNm). M
y
from the above formula represents the
maximum bending moment achieved from frequent combination of actions.

Design bending strength (for fire situation):
f
m,d,fi
= Pa
k
f k
fi M
fi
k m fi
6 6
,
mod,
,
10 30
0 . 1
0 . 1
10 24 25 . 1 = =


Work ratio according to formulae 6.17 from EN 1995-1-1 norm (considering that the axial effort, as well as the
bending moment about z axis, are null):
0 . 1
,
,
s
d m
d m
f
o

Work ratio according to formulae 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm (considering that the axial effort, as well as the
bending moment about z axis, are null):
0 . 1
,
,
s
d m
d m
m
f
k
o

Maximum work ratio for bending verification for fire situation:
100 100 ; max
,
,
,
,
,
,
=
|
|
.
|

\
|
=
d m
d m
d m
d m
m
d m
d m
f f
k
f
WR
o o o

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
8 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
423
Residual cross-section area
Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Residual area [m
2
]

Design bending stress taking into account the residual cross-section
Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Design bending stress for residual cross-section [Pa]

Maximum work ratio for bending verification (fire situation)
Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Work ratio [%]

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
424
9.6.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Afi Residual area [m
2
] 0.002197 m
2
Stress Design bending stress for residual cross-section [Pa] 27568524 Pa
Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for fire verification [%] 91.9 %

9.6.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Afi Residual area 0.002197 m -0.0000 %
Stress Design bending stress for residual cross-section 2.75626e+007 Pa -0.0001 %
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for fire verification 91.8752 % 0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
425
9.7 EC5: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam
Test ID: 4822
Test status: Passed
9.7.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to shear efforts. The verification of the shear
stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
426
9.8 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending
Test ID: 4682
Test status: Passed
9.8.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the deflections at serviceability limit state.
9.8.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verification
of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state
are performed.
9.8.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test C;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 0.5 kN/m
2
,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 1.5 kN/m
2
,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q = 2.925 kN/m
2

Characteristic combination of actions: C
CQ
= 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: C
QP
= 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q
Simply supported beam


Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10
-3
m
2
,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y:
3
2 2
0005 . 0
6
20 . 0 075 . 0
6
m
h b
W
y
=

=
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
427
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f
c,0,k
= 21 x 10
6
Pa,
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (z = 4.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = C
max
x d = 2.925 kN/m
2
x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
Internal: None.
9.8.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam bending stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.11) and (6.12) from EN
1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
, must
be calculated. After this, the reference solution, which includes the design bending stress about the principal y axis,
the design bending strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design bending stress, design bending strength and work ratios) it is
necessary to determine some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
).
Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
k
h
= 1.0
System strength factor:
k
sys
= 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):
k
m
= 0.7
Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):
o
m,d
= Pa
h b
L q
W
M
y
y 6
2
2
2
2
10 4039 . 7
2 . 0 075 . 0 8
5 . 4 4625 . 1 6
8
6
=


=


=
Design bending strength:
f
m,d
= Pa k k
k
f
h sys
M
k m
6 6 mod
,
10 769 . 14 0 . 1 0 . 1
3 . 1
8 . 0
10 24 = =


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
428
Work ratio according to formulae 6.11 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
0 . 1
,
,
s
d m
d m
f
o

Work ratio according to formulae 6.12 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
0 . 1
,
,
s
d m
d m
m
f
k
o

Reference solution for serviceability limit state verification
The following limiting values for instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action), final deflection and net
deflection are considered:
300
) (
L
Q w
inst
s
125
L
w
fin
s
200
,
L
w
fin net
s
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (w
c
= 0). The effective values of deflections are the followings:
Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
8 . 600
) ( 00749 . 0 ) (
L
Q w m Q w
inst inst
= =
Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - C
CQ
):
45 . 450
00999 . 0
L
w m d w
inst CQ inst
= = =

In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - C
QP
), the
deformation factor (k
def
) has to be chosen:
6 . 0 =
def
k (calculated value for service class 1, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
95 . 1578
00285 . 0 00475 . 0 6 . 0 6 . 0
L
w m m d w
creep QP creep
= = = =
Final deflection:
47 . 350
01284 . 0 00285 . 0 00999 . 0
L
w m m m w w w
fin creep inst fin
= = + = + =
Net deflection:
47 . 350
01284 . 0 0 01284 . 0
, ,
L
w m m m w w w
fin net c fin fin net
= = + = + =
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
429
Work ratio diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Strength work ratio

9.8.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
o
m,d
Design bending stress [Pa] 7403906.25 Pa
Strength work ratio Work ratio (6.11) [%] 50 %
w
inst
(Q) Deflection for a base variable action [m] 0.00749 m
d
CQ

Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions [m]
0.00999 m
w
inst
Instantaneous deflection [m] 0.00999 m
k
def
Deformation coefficient 0.6
d
QP
Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions [m] 0.00475 m
w
fin
Final deflection [m] 0.01284 m
w
net,fin
Net deflection [m] 0.01284 m

9.8.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Stress Design bending stress 7.40391e+006 Pa -0.0001 %
Work ratio Work ratio (6.11) 50.1306 % 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a base variable action 0.00749224 m 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions 0.00998966 m -0.0000 %
Winst Instantaneous deflection 0.00998966 m -0.0000 %
Kdef Deformation coefficient 0.6 adim 0.0000 %
D Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions 0.00474509 m -0.0000 %
Wfin Final deflection 0.0128367 m 0.0001 %
Wnet,fin Net deflection 0.0128367 m 0.0001 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
430
9.9 EC5: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined bending and
axial compression
Test ID: 4877
Test status: Passed
9.9.1 Description
Verifies the lateral torsional stability for a rectangular timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
9.9.2 Background
Verifies the lateral torsional stability of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to simple
bending (about the strong axis) and axial compression.
9.9.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.2;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear;
Distance between adjacent rafters (span): d = 0.5 m.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 450 N/m2;
Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 1957.5 N/m
2
;
All loads will be projected on the rafter direction, since its slope is 50% (26.6).
Simply supported rafter subjected to projected loadings



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Section area: A = 10 x 10
-3
m
2
,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y:
3
2 2
000333 . 0
6
20 . 0 05 . 0
6
m
h b
W
y
=

= .
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
431
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f
c,0,k
= 21 x 10
6
Pa,
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10
10
Pa,
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E
0,05
= 0.74 x 10
10
Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = C
max
x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m
2
x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
Compressive load component: N = C
max
x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m
2
x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.
9.9.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state,
the formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is used. Before applying this formula we need to determine some
parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this,
we calculate the reference solution which includes: the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the
work ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1.
Slenderness ratios
In professional practice the slenderness ratio is limited to 120. The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending
about y and z axes are determined as follows:
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
4 . 346
05 . 0
5 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
b
l m
b
l
g
c
z

It is necessary to reduce the buckling length about the z axis, because
z
exceeded the value 120. A restraint
is placed in each tierce of the rafter, so that the slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis
become:
120 5 . 115
05 . 0
667 . 1 1
12 12 12 < =

= =
m
m
b
l m
b
l
g
c
z

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
6 . 86
2 . 0
5 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
h
l m
h
l
g
c
y

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
432
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
958 . 1
10 74 . 0
10 21 5 . 115
,
10
6
05 0
, 0 ,
,
=

= =
Pa
Pa
E
f
k c
z
z rel
t t


Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
468 . 1
10 74 . 0
10 21 6 . 86
,
10
6
05 0
, 0 ,
,
=

= =
Pa
Pa
E
f
k c y
y rel
t t


Maximum relative slenderness ratio:
( ) 958 . 1 , max
, , max ,
= =
y rel z rel rel

So there is a risk of buckling because
rel,max
> 0.3.
Relative slenderness for bending
The effective length of the beam and the critical bending stress must be determined before calculating the relative
slenderness for bending.
Effective length of the beam; its calculation is made according to table 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1 and it is based
on the loading type and support conditions. The effective length is increased by 2h because the load is
applied at the compressed fiber of the beam:
m m m h l l
eff
9 . 4 2 . 0 2 0 . 5 9 . 0 2 9 . 0 = + = + =
Critical bending stress (determined according to formula 6.32 from EN 1995-1-1):
o
m,y,crit
= Pa
m m
Pa m
l h
E b
ef
6
10 2 2
05 . 0
2
10 724 . 14
9 . 4 2 . 0
10 74 . 0 05 . 0 78 . 0 78 . 0
=


Relative slenderness for bending (determined according to formula 6.30 from EN 1995-1-1):

rel,m
= 277 . 1
10 724 . 14
10 24
6
6
,
,
=

=
Pa
Pa
f
crit m
k m
o

Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the |
c
factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
|
c
= 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
433
k
z
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,z
0.3) +
rel,z
2
] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
k
y
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,y
0.3) +
rel,y
2
] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
,
2
,
1
z rel z z
z c
k k
k
+
= (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
,
2
,
1
y rel y y
y c
k k
k
+
= (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the work
ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved in
calculations (k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
, k
crit
).
Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
k
h
= 1.0
System strength factor:
k
sys
= 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Factor which takes into account the reduced bending strength due to lateral buckling:
K
crit
= 1.56 0.75
rel,m
(because 0.75 <
rel,m
< 1.4)
Design compressive stress (induced by the compressive component, N):
o
c,d
= Pa
m
N
A
N
219122
10 10
22 . 2191
2 3
=

=


Design compressive strength:
f
c,0,d
= Pa
k
f
M
k c
6 6 mod
, 0 ,
10 538 . 14
3 . 1
9 . 0
10 21 = =


Design bending stress (induced by uniformly distributed load, q):
o
m,d
= Pa
m
m
m
N
W
L q
W
M
y y
y 6
3
2 2
2
10 213 . 8
000333 . 0 8
00 . 5 15 . 875
8
=

=
Design bending strength:
f
m,y,d
= Pa k k
k
f
h sys
M
k m
6 6 mod
,
10 615 . 16 0 . 1 0 . 1
3 . 1
9 . 0
10 24 = =


Work ratio according to formula 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
1
, 0 , ,
,
2
, ,
,
s

+
|
|
.
|

\
|

d c z c
d c
d y m crit
d m
f k f k
o o

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
434
Stress SFx diagram
Simply supported rafter subjected to compressive component of the applied forces
Stress SFx [Pa]

Stress SMy diagram
Simply supported rafter subjected to uniformly distributed loads
Stress SMy [Pa]

Lateral-torsional stability work ratio
Stability of a simply supported rafter subjected to combined stresses
Work ratio [%]

9.9.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SFx Design compressive stress [Pa] 219122 Pa
SMy Design bending stress [Pa] 8212744 Pa
kcrit Kcrit factor 0.602
Work ratio
Lateral-torsional stability work ratio [%]
76 %

9.9.3 Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SFx Design compressive stress 219124 Pa 0.0002 %
Stress SMy Design bending stress 8.20519e+006 Pa -0.0000 %
Kcrit kcrit factor 0.592598 adim -0.0001 %
Work ratio Work ratio according to formula 6.35 0.759538 adim 0.0000 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
435
9.10 EC5: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force
Test ID: 5036
Test status: Passed
9.10.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
9.10.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.
9.10.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test D;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 0.5 kN/m2,
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 1.5 kN/m2,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
max
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q = 2.925 kN/m
2

Simply supported beam



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.225 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
Section area: A = 16.875 x 10
-3
m
2
,
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic shear strength: f
v,k
= 2.5 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 1.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
436
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = C
max
x d = 2.925 kN/m
2
x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
Internal: None.
9.10.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam shear stresses at ultimate limit state, the formula (6.13) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is
used. Before using it, some parameters involved in calculations, like k
mod
, k
cr
,
M
, k
f
, b
eff
, h
eff
, have to be determined.
After this the reference solution, which includes the design shear stress about the principal y axis, the design shear
strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design shear stress, design shear strength and work ratio) it is necessary to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod
,
M
, k
cr
, k
f
, b
eff
, h
eff
).
Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Cracking factor, k
cr
:
k
cr
= 0.67 (for solid timber)
Factor depending on the shape of the cross section, k
f
:
k
f
= 3/2 (for a rectangular cross section)
Effective width, b
eff
:
b
eff
= k
cr
x b = 0.67 x 0.075m = 0.05025m
Effective height, h
eff
:
h
eff
= h = 0.225m
Design shear stress (induced by the applied forces):
t
d
= Pa
m m
N
h b
F k
eff eff
d v f 6 ,
10 485075 . 0
225 . 0 05025 . 0
25 . 3656
2
3
=


Design shear strength:
f
v,d
= Pa Pa
k
f
M
k v
6 6 mod
,
10 538 . 1
3 . 1
8 . 0
10 5 . 2 = =


Work ratio according to formulae 6.13 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
0 . 1
,
s
d v
d
f
t

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
437
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
Shear force, Fz, diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Shear force diagram [N]

Design shear stress diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Design shear stress [Pa]

Shear strength work ratio diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Work ratio S_d [%]

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
438
9.10.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Fz Shear force [kN] 3.65625 kN
Stress S_d Design shear stress [Pa] 485074.63 Pa
Work ratio S_d Shear work ratio (6.13) [%] 32 %

9.10.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Fz Shear force -3.65625 kN -0.0000 %
Stress S_d Design shear stress 485075 Pa -0.0000 %
Working ratio S_d Shear strength work ratio 31.5299 % -1.4692 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
439
9.11 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces
Test ID: 4693
Test status: Passed
9.11.1Description
Verifies the tensile resistance of a rectangular cross section column (fixed at base) made from solid timber C24.
9.11.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the tension resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24. The
verification is made according to formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
9.11.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test A;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Column with fixed base



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.122 m,
Width: b = 0.036m,
Section area: A = 43.92 x 10
-4
m
2

I = 5.4475 x 10
-6
m
4
.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
440
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10
10
Pa,
Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: f
t,0,k
= 14 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
Outer:
Fixed at base (z = 0),
Free at top (z = 5),
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at z = 5: F
z
= N = 10000 N,
Internal: None.
9.11.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to tension force
Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1. Before applying this formula we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod
,
M
, k
h
). After this, the design tensile stress, the design
tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio are calculated.
Modification factor for duration of load and moisture content: k
mod
= 0.9
Partial factor for material properties:
M
= 1.3
Depth factor (h represents the width, because the element is tensioned):
k
h
= min

|
.
|

\
|
3 . 1
150
2 . 0
h

Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
o
t,0,d
=
A
N

Design tensile strength:
f
t,0,d
=
h
M
k t
k
k
f

mod
, 0 ,

Work ratio:
SFx = 0 . 1
, 0 ,
, 0 ,
s
d t
d t
f
o
(according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
441
Work ratio SFx diagram
Column with fixed base, subjected to tension force
Work ratio SFx

9.11.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
o
t,0,d
Design tensile stress [Pa] 2276867.03 Pa
SFx Work ratio [%] 18 %

9.11.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Stress SFx Design tensile stress 2.27687e+006 Pa -0.0001 %
Work ratio Work ratio 18.0704 % 0.3910 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
442
9.12 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces
Test ID: 4823
Test status: Passed
9.12.1Description
Verifies the compressive resistance of a rectangular cross section column (hinged at base) made from solid timber
C18.
9.12.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C18. The
verification is made according to formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
9.12.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test B;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.
Simply supported column




Units
Metric System
Geometry
Column cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10
-3
m
2

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
443
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C18 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 0.9 x 10
10
Pa,
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E
0,05
= 0.6 x 10
10
Pa,
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f
c,0,k
= 18 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 1.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:
Outer:
Support at base (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at top (z = 3.2) restrained in translation along X, Y and restrained in rotation along Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:
External: Point load at z = 3.2: F
z
= N = -20000 N,
Internal: None.
9.12.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to compression force
The formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 is used in order to verify a timber column subjected to compression force.
Before applying this formula we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations, such as: slenderness
ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this, the reference solution is calculated. This includes: the
design compressive stress, the design compressive strength and the corresponding work ratio.
Slenderness ratios
The most important slenderness is calculated relative to the z axis, as it will be the axis of rotation if the column
buckles.
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
85 . 110
1 . 0
2 . 3 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
b
l m
b
l
g
c
z

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):
9 . 73
15 . 0
2 . 3 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
h
l m
h
l
g
c
y

Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
933 . 1
10 6 . 0
10 18
1 . 0
12 2 . 3 1
,
12
,
10
6
05 0
, 0 ,
05 0
, 0 ,
,
=


= =
Pa
Pa
m
m
E
f
b
l m
E
f
k c g k c
z
z rel
t t t


Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):
288 . 1
10 6 . 0
10 18
15 . 0
12 2 . 3 1
,
12
,
10
6
05 0
, 0 ,
05 0
, 0 ,
,
=


= =
Pa
Pa
m
m
E
f
h
l m
E
f
k c g k c y
y rel
t t t


So there is a risk of buckling, because
rel,max
> 0.3.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
444
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the |
c
factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
|
c
= 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
k
z
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,z
0.3) +
rel,z
2
] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
k
y
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,y
0.3) +
rel,y
2
] (informative)

2
,
2
,
1
z rel z z
z c
k k
k
+
= (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)

2
,
2
,
1
y rel y y
y c
k k
k
+
= (informative)
Reference solution
Before calculating the reference solution (design compressive stress, design compressive strength and work ratio) we
need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod
,
M
).
Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3
Design compressive stress (induced by the applied forces):
o
c,0,d
=
A
N

Design compressive strength:
f
c,0,d
=
M
k c
k
f

mod
, 0 ,

Work ratio:
Work ratio = 0 . 1
, 0 , ,
, 0 ,
s

d c z c
d c
f k
o
(according to relation 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1)
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
4 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
445
Work ratio diagram
Simply supported column subjected to compression force
Work ratio


9.12.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
k
c,z
Instability factor 0.2400246
k
c,y
Instability factor (informative) 0.488869
o
c,0,d
Design compressive stress [Pa] 1333333 Pa
Work ratio Work ratio [%] 50 %

9.12.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Kc,z Instability factor 0.240107 adim 0.0001 %
Kc,y Instability factor 0.488612 adim 0.0000 %
Stress SFx Design compressive stress 1.33333e+006 Pa 0.0003 %
Work ratio Work ratio 50.1319 % 0.2639 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
446
9.13 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial tension
Test ID: 4872
Test status: Passed
9.13.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section rafter made from solid timber C24 to resist combined bending and axial tension.
The verification of the cross-section subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification
of the deflections at serviceability limit state are performed.
9.13.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending and axial
tension. The verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is also performed.
9.13.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear;
Distance between adjacent rafters (span): d = 0.5 m.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 450 N/m
2
;
Snow load (structure is located at an altitude > 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m
2
;
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 1957.5 N/m2;
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x S;
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: C
QP
= 1.0 x G + 0.2 x S.
All loads will be projected on the rafter direction since its slope is 50% (26.6).
Simply supported rafter subjected to projected loadings



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Section area: A = 10 x 10
-3
m
2
,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y:
3
2 2
000333 . 0
6
20 . 0 05 . 0
6
m
h b
W
y
=

= .
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
447
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: f
t,0,k
= 14 x 10
6
Pa,
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.
Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):
External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = C
max
x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m
2
x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
Tensile load component: N = C
max
x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m
2
x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.
9.13.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and
(6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like k
mod
,
M
,
k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
, must be determined. After this the reference solution, which consists of the design tensile stress, the
design tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio and also the work ratios of the combined stresses, is
calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (the design tensile stress, the design tensile strength and the corresponding
work ratio, and also the work ratios of the combined stresses) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved
in calculations (k
mod
,
M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
).
Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
k
mod
= 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Depth factor (h represents the width in millimeters because the element is tensioned):
k
h
= min 25 . 1
3 . 1
25 . 1
min
3 . 1
50
150
min
3 . 1
150
2 . 0 2 . 0
=

|
.
|

\
|
=

|
.
|

\
|
h

System strength factor:
k
sys
= 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):
k
m
= 0.7
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
448
Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
o
t,0,d
= Pa
m
N
A
N
219122
10 10
22 . 2191
2 3
=

=


Design tensile strength:
f
t,0,d
= Pa k
k
f
h
M
k t
6 6 mod
, 0 ,
10 115 . 12 25 . 1
3 . 1
9 . 0
10 14 = =


Work ratio:
SFx = 0 . 1
, 0 ,
, 0 ,
s
d t
d t
f
o
(according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):
o
m,y,d
= Pa
m m
m
m
N
h b
L q
W
M
y
y 6
2 2
2 2
2
2
10 2045 . 8
2 . 0 05 . 0 8
00 . 5 15 . 875 6
8
6
=


=


=
Design bending strength:
f
m,y,d
= Pa k k
k
f
h sys
M
k m
6 6 mod
,
10 615 . 16 0 . 1 0 . 1
3 . 1
9 . 0
10 24 = =


Work ratio according to formulae 6.17 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
1
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, 0 ,
, 0 ,
s + +
d z m
d z m
m
d y m
d y m
d t
d t
f
k
f f
o o o

Work ratio according to formulae 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:
1
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, 0 ,
, 0 ,
s + +
d z m
d z m
d y m
d y m
m
d t
d t
f f
k
f
o o o

Reference solution for serviceability limit state verification
The following limiting values for instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action), final deflection and net
deflection are considered:
300
) (
L
Q w
inst
s
125
L
w
fin
s
200
,
L
w
fin net
s
For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (w
c
= 0). The effective values of deflections are:
Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):
05 . 547
) ( 00914 . 0 ) (
L
Q w m Q w
inst inst
= =
Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - C
CQ
):
7 . 364
01371 . 0
L
w m d w
inst CQ inst
= = =

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
449
In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - C
QP
), the
deformation factor (k
def
) has to be chosen:
8 . 0 =
def
k (value determined for service class 2, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)
6 . 976
00512 . 0 0064 . 0 8 . 0 8 . 0
L
w m m d w
creep QP creep
= = = =
Final deflection:
5 . 265
01883 . 0 00512 . 0 01371 . 0
L
w m m m w w w
fin creep inst fin
= = + = + =
Net deflection:
5 . 265
01883 . 0 0 01883 . 0
, ,
L
w m m m w w w
fin net c fin fin net
= = + = + =
Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
SFx work ratio diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to tensile forces
Work ratio SFx

Strength work ratio diagram
Simply supported beam subjected to combined stresses
Strength work ratio


Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(Q)
Simply supported beam subjected to snow loads
Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(Q) [m]


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
450
Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(CQ)
Simply supported beam subjected to a characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(CQ) [m]

Final deflection w
fin

Simply supported beam subjected to characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(CQ) [m]

Net deflection w
net,fin

Simply supported beam subjected to characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection w
inst
(CQ) [m]

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
451
9.13.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
SFx SFx work ratio [%] 1.808 %
Strength work ratio Work ratio (6.17) [%] 51.19 %
w
inst
(Q) Deflection for a base variable action [m] 0.00914 m
d
CQ

Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions [m]
0.01371 m
w
inst
Instantaneous deflection [m] 0.01371 m
k
def
Deformation coefficient 0.8
d
QP
Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions [m] 0.0064 m
w
fin
Final deflection [m] 0.01883 m
w
net,fin
Net deflection [m] 0.01883 m

9.13.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Work ratio SFx SFx work ratio 1.81483 % 0.3775 %
Work ratio Strength work ratio 51.1941 % 0.0001 %
D w_inst(Q) 0.00914038 m 0.0000 %
D deflection for a characteristic combination 0.0137106 m -0.0001 %
Winst instantaneous deflection 0.0137105 m 0.0003 %
Kdef deformation coefficient 0.8 adim 0.0000 %
D deformation for a quasi-permanent combination 0.00639828 m -0.0000 %
Wfin final deflection 0.0188291 m 0.0002 %
Wnet,fin net final deflection 0.0188291 m 0.0002 %


ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
452
9.14 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Test ID: 4879
Test status: Passed
9.14.1Description
Verifies the stability of a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.
9.14.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and
axial compression. The verification is made according to formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.
9.14.2.1 Model description
Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.4;
Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear;
Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.8 m.
The following load cases and load combination are used:
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: C
ULS
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S + 0.9 x W;
Loadings from the structure: G = 550 N/m
2
;
Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m
2
;
Axial compression force due to wind effect on the supporting elements: W = 15000 N;
Uniformly distributed load corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination:
C
max
= 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 2092.5 N/m
2
.
All loads will be projected on the purlin direction since its slope is 30% (17).
Simply supported purlin subjected to loadings



Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:
Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.50 m,
Section area: A = 0.02 m
2
,
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y:
3
2 2
000666 . 0
6
20 . 0 1 . 0
6
m
h b
W
y
=

= ,
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
453
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z:
3
2 2
000333 . 0
6
20 . 0 1 . 0
6
m
h b
W
z
=

= .
Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The followings characteristics are used in relation to this material:
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: f
c,0,k
= 21 x 10
6
Pa,
Characteristic bending strength: f
m,k
= 24 x 10
6
Pa,
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10
10
Pa,
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E
0,05
= 0.74 x 10
10
Pa,
Service class 2.
Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:
Outer:
Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;
Support at end point (z = 3.50) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.
Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination):
External:
Axial compressive load: N =0.9 x W = 13500 N;
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): q
y
= C
max
x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m
2
x 1.8 m x
sin17 = 1101.22 N/m,
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): q
z
= C
max
x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m
2
x 1.8 m x
cos17 = 3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.
9.14.2.2 Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to combined stresses
In order to verify the stability of a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression at ultimate limit
state, the formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before applying these formulae we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability
factors. After this, well calculate the maximum work ratio for stability verification, which represents in fact the
reference solution.
Slenderness ratios
The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending about y and z axes are determined as follows:
Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
24 . 121
1 . 0
5 . 3 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
b
l m
b
l
g
c
z

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
62 . 60
2 . 0
5 . 3 1
12 12 12 =

= =
m
m
h
l m
h
l
g
c
y

ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
454
Relative slenderness ratios
The relative slenderness ratios are:
Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:
056 . 2
10 74 . 0
10 21 24 . 121
10
6
05 , 0
, 0 ,
,
=

= =
Pa
Pa
E
f
k c
z
z rel
t t


Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:
028 . 1
10 74 . 0
10 21 62 . 60
,
10
6
05 0
, 0 ,
,
=

= =
Pa
Pa
E
f
k c y
y rel
t t


Maximum relative slenderness ratio:
( ) 056 . 2 , max
, , max ,
= =
y rel z rel rel

So there is a risk of buckling because
rel,max
> 0.3.
Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the |
c
factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
|
c
= 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
k
z
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,z
0.3) +
rel,z
2
] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
k
y
= 0.5 [1 + |
c
(
rel,y
0.3) +
rel,y
2
] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
,
2
,
1
z rel z z
z c
k k
k
+
= (according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)
2
,
2
,
1
y rel y y
y c
k k
k
+
= (according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (the maximum work ratio for stability verification based on formulae (6.23)
and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1) it is necessary to determine the design compressive stress, the design compressive
strength, the design bending stress, the design bending strength and some parameters involved in calculations (k
mod
,

M
, k
h
, k
sys
, k
m
).
Design compressive stress (induced by the axial compressive load from the corresponding ULS combination,
N):
o
c,0,d
= Pa
m
N
A
N
675000
02 . 0
13500
2
= =
Design bending stress about the y axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q
z
):
o
m,y,d
= Pa
m
m
m
N
W
L q
W
M
y
z
y
y 6
3
2 2
2
10 2814 . 8
000666 . 0 8
50 . 3 92 . 3601
8
=

=
Design bending stress about the z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, q
y
):
o
m,z,d
= Pa
m
m
m
N
W
L q
W
M
z
y
z
z 6
3
2 2
2
10 0638 . 5
000333 . 0 8
50 . 3 22 . 1101
8
=

=
Modification factor for duration of load (instantaneous action) and moisture content (service class 2):
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
455
k
mod
= 1.1 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)
Partial factor for material properties:

M
= 1.3
Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
k
h
= 1.0
System strength factor:
k
sys
= 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)
Design compressive strength:
f
c,0,d
= Pa
k
f
M
k c
6 6 mod
, 0 ,
10 769 . 17
3 . 1
1 . 1
10 21 = =


Design bending strength:
f
m,y,d
= f
m,z,d
= Pa k k
k
f
h sys
M
k m
6 6 mod
,
10 308 . 20 0 . 1 0 . 1
3 . 1
1 . 1
10 24 = =


Maximum work ratio for stability verification based on formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1:
1 max
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, 0 , ,
, 0 ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, ,
, 0 , ,
, 0 ,
s

+ +

+ +

d z m
d z m
d y m
d y m
m
d c z c
d c
d z m
d z m
m
d y m
d y m
d c y c
d c
f f
k
f k
f
k
f f k
o o o
o o o

Finite elements modeling
Linear element: S beam,
6 nodes,
1 linear element.
ADVANCE VALIDATION GUIDE
456
Instability factor, k
cy
Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
K
c,y


Instability factor, k
cz
Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
K
c,z


Maximum work ratio for stability verification
Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Work ratio [%]

9.14.2.3 Reference results
Result name Result description Reference value
Kc,y Instability factor, k
c,y
0.67
Kc,z Instability factor, k
c,z
0.21
Work ratio
Maximum work ratio for stability verification [%]
71.1 %

9.14.3Calculated results

Result name Result description Value Error
Kc,y Instability factor, kc,y 0.665025 adim -0.0001 %
Kc,z Instability factor, kc,z 0.212166 adim 0.0002 %
Work ratio Maximum work ratio for stability verification 70.6586 % -0.6209 %



031514-0409-0418

You might also like